DIGITAL RIVER INC /DE
S-1/A, 1998-07-31
COMPUTER INTEGRATED SYSTEMS DESIGN
Previous: DEBT STRATEGIES FUND III INC, 497J, 1998-07-31
Next: OPPENHEIMER LARGE CAP VALUE FUND, AW, 1998-07-31



<PAGE>
   
     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JULY 31, 1998
    
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-56787
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                           --------------------------
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 2
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-1
    
 
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
 
                                     UNDER
 
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                           --------------------------
 
                              DIGITAL RIVER, INC.
 
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                              <C>                            <C>
           DELAWARE                          7375                  41-1901640
 (State or other jurisdiction    (Primary Standard Industrial   (I.R.S. Employer
              of                 Classification Code Number)     Identification
incorporation or organization)                                      Number)
</TABLE>
 
                             5198 WEST 76TH STREET
                             EDINA, MINNESOTA 55439
                                 (612) 830-9042
 
         (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
            area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
 
   
                                JOEL A. RONNING
                            CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                              DIGITAL RIVER, INC.
                             5198 WEST 76TH STREET
                             EDINA, MINNESOTA 55439
                                 (612) 830-9042
    
 
 (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                             of agent for service)
                           --------------------------
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
       JEFFREY S. ZIMMAN, ESQ.                    HOWARD S. ZEPRUN, ESQ.
      MICHAEL J. SULLIVAN, ESQ.                    ROBERT G. DAY, ESQ.
        LANA K. HAWKINS, ESQ.                WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI
          COOLEY GODWARD LLP                     PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION
    ONE MARITIME PLAZA, 20TH FLOOR                  650 PAGE MILL ROAD
       SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94111                     PALO ALTO, CA 94304
            (415) 693-2000                            (650) 493-9300
 
                           --------------------------
 
        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
   AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE.
                           --------------------------
 
    If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act,
check the following box. / /
 
    If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. / /
 
    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
number for the same offering. / /
 
    If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. / /
 
    If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
check the following box. / /
                           --------------------------
 
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             PROPOSED MAXIMUM    PROPOSED MAXIMUM       AMOUNT OF
        TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF              AMOUNT TO         OFFERING PRICE        AGGREGATE          REGISTRATION
     SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED         BE REGISTERED(1)      PER SHARE(2)     OFFERING PRICE(2)         FEE(3)
<S>                                     <C>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>
Common Stock, $0.01 par value.........      3,680,000             $12.00           $44,160,000           $13,028
</TABLE>
    
 
(1) Includes 480,000 shares which the Underwriters have the option to purchase
    to cover over-allotments, if any.
 
(2) Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration
    fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
   
(3) Previously paid.
    
 
    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT THAT SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID
SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
   
                                                           SUBJECT TO COMPLETION
                                                                   JULY 31, 1998
    
 
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES
EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
                                3,200,000 SHARES
 
                                      [LOGO]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
                                   ---------
 
    All of the 3,200,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby are being sold by
Digital River, Inc. ("Digital River" or the "Company"). Prior to this offering,
there has been no public market for the Common Stock. For factors considered in
determining the initial public offering price, see "Underwriting." It is
currently estimated that the initial public offering price of the Common Stock
will be between $10.00 and $12.00 per share. The Common Stock has been approved
for quotation on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "DRIV."
 
                                ----------------
 
          THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK.
                    SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 6.
 
                                 -------------
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
   EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
        PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY
               REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                PRICE            UNDERWRITING           PROCEEDS
                                                                 TO              DISCOUNTS AND             TO
                                                               PUBLIC           COMMISSIONS(1)         COMPANY(2)
<S>                                                      <C>                  <C>                  <C>
Per Share..............................................           $                    $                    $
Total (3)..............................................           $                    $                    $
</TABLE>
 
(1) See "Underwriting" for information relating to indemnification of the
    Underwriters.
 
(2) Before deducting expenses of the offering estimated at $700,000.
 
(3) The Company has granted the Underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to
    480,000 additional shares of Common Stock solely to cover over-allotments,
    if any. To the extent that the option is exercised, the Underwriters will
    offer the additional shares at the Price to Public shown above. If the
    option is exercised in full, the total Price to Public, Underwriting
    Discounts and Commissions and Proceeds to Company will be $      , $
    and $      , respectively. See "Underwriting."
 
                                ----------------
 
    The shares of Common Stock are offered by the several Underwriters, subject
to prior sale, when, as and if delivered to and accepted by them, and subject to
the right of the Underwriters to reject any order in whole or in part. It is
expected that delivery of the shares of Common Stock will be made at the offices
of BT Alex. Brown Incorporated, Baltimore, Maryland, on or about              ,
1998.
 
BT ALEX. BROWN                                    BANCAMERICA ROBERTSON STEPHENS
 
                            BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.
 
               THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS             , 1998
<PAGE>
              PICTORIAL FLOWCHART DEPICTING A PURCHASE OF SOFTWARE
              THROUGH THE COMPANY'S CENTRAL NETWORK SERVER
              ("CNS"), SHOWING THE TRANSACTION PROCESSING AND
              OTHER VALUE-ADDED SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE COMPANY.
 
                                [ILLUSTRATIONS]
 
    CERTAIN PERSONS PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT STABILIZE, MAINTAIN OR OTHERWISE AFFECT THE PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK IN
CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING, INCLUDING OVER-ALLOTMENT, STABILIZING AND SHORT
COVERING TRANSACTIONS IN SUCH SECURITIES AND THE IMPOSITION OF PENALTY BIDS. FOR
A DESCRIPTION OF THESE ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITING."
                                ----------------
 
    Digital River is a registered trademark of the Company. All other trademarks
or service marks appearing in this Prospectus are the property of their
respective owners.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
    THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY THE MORE DETAILED
INFORMATION AND CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND NOTES THERETO APPEARING
ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS. THIS PROSPECTUS CONTAINS CERTAIN STATEMENTS OF A
FORWARD-LOOKING NATURE RELATING TO FUTURE EVENTS OR THE FUTURE FINANCIAL
PERFORMANCE OF THE COMPANY. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE CAUTIONED THAT SUCH
STATEMENTS ARE ONLY PREDICTIONS, INVOLVE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES, AND THAT
ACTUAL EVENTS OR RESULTS MAY DIFFER MATERIALLY. IN EVALUATING SUCH STATEMENTS,
PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD SPECIFICALLY CONSIDER THE VARIOUS FACTORS
IDENTIFIED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, INCLUDING THE MATTERS SET FORTH UNDER THE CAPTION
"RISK FACTORS," WHICH COULD CAUSE ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE
INDICATED BY SUCH FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    Digital River, Inc. ("Digital River" or the "Company") is a leading provider
of comprehensive electronic commerce outsourcing solutions to software
publishers and online retailers. The Company has developed a technology platform
that allows it to provide a suite of electronic commerce services to its
software publisher and online retailer clients, including electronic software
delivery ("ESD"). The Company also provides data mining and merchandising
services to assist clients in increasing Internet page view traffic to, and
sales through, their Web stores. Rather than maintaining its own branded Web
store that would compete with its clients, Digital River provides an outsourcing
solution that allows its clients to promote their own brands while leveraging
Digital River's investment in infrastructure and technology. As of June 30,
1998, the Company had contracts with 1,122 software publisher clients and 346
online retailer clients, including Corel Corporation, Cyberian Outpost, Inc.,
Lotus Development Corporation, Micro Warehouse, Inc., Network Associates, Inc.
and Symantec Corporation, and maintained a database of more than 123,000
software products from its various software publisher clients, including more
than 18,000 software titles and more than 105,000 digital images, such as
photography and clip art, and type fonts. Through June 30, 1998, the Company had
completed more than 172,000 transactions for more than 124,000 unique end-users.
 
    Digital River's proprietary commerce network server ("CNS") technology
serves as the platform for the Company's solutions. The CNS incorporates custom
software applications that enable ESD, Web store authoring, fraud prevention,
export control, merchandising programs and online registration, and features a
database of more than 123,000 software products. Using its CNS platform, the
Company creates Web stores for its clients that replicate the look and feel of
such clients' own Web sites. End-users can browse for products and make
purchases online, and, once purchases are made, the Company delivers the
products directly to the end-user, primarily through ESD. The Company also
provides transaction processing services and collects and maintains critical
information about end-users. This information can later be used by the Company's
clients to facilitate add-on or upgrade sales and for other direct marketing
purposes. The Company actively manages direct marketing campaigns for its
clients, and also delivers purchase information and Web store traffic statistics
to its clients on a regular basis.
 
   
    Digital River believes that the market for software sales online will
continue to grow rapidly. Jupiter Communications, LLC, estimates that the market
for software sold online will increase from an estimated $69 million in 1997 to
an estimated $2.3 billion by 2002. The Internet is particularly well-suited for
the distribution of most software because software products can be purchased and
delivered quickly, conveniently and cost-effectively to an end-user's home or
office computer through ESD. The Company believes that ESD is an effective means
of delivery today for most software applications although delivery of software
applications exceeding 10 megabytes can be impractical at slower modem speeds.
The Company believes that as Internet bandwidth increases, ESD will become
increasingly attractive even for large software titles. Accordingly, the Company
believes that ESD will represent an increasing share of online software sales
and will be critical to online retailers' success. Unlike established physical
distribution channels for shrink-wrapped software, there is currently no
established, comprehensive electronic distribution source for online retailers.
The Company believes that the distribution of software products through
    
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
   
ESD is complex and requires up-front and ongoing investments in secure, reliable
and scaleable systems. Accordingly, the Company believes that a substantial
market opportunity exists for a comprehensive, cost-effective, outsourced
electronic commerce solution that provides software publishers and online
retailers with access to a critical mass of software products and a robust
distribution and transaction network.
    
 
    The Company provides a number of advantages to software publishers, online
retailers and end-users. By entering into a relationship with the Company,
software publishers can avoid the up-front and ongoing cost and complexity of
operating an electronic commerce infrastructure, offer a full library of their
software products, avoid shipping and packaging costs, and offer software
products through their own Web store or the Company's network of online retailer
clients. The Company also provides software publishers with valuable end-user
information and data mining capabilities that can facilitate targeted marketing,
upgrade notification and sophisticated merchandising. Digital River offers
online retailers the ability to access the software products of most of the
Company's software publisher clients without having to negotiate agreements and
arrange the relationship with individual software publishers and without the
cost and risk associated with carrying inventory. End-users who purchase
products over the Company's network benefit from value-added services including
credit card security and upgrade notifications, as well as the protection of the
Company's archiving service through which the Company guarantees replacement of
software products in the event of accidental loss or damage.
 
    Digital River was incorporated in Minnesota in February 1994 and
reincorporated into Delaware in December 1997. Unless the context requires
otherwise, references in this Prospectus to "Digital River" and the "Company"
refer to Digital River, Inc. a Delaware corporation and its subsidiaries. The
Company's executive offices are located at 5198 West 76th Street, Edina,
Minnesota 55439, and its telephone number is (612) 830-9042.
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                                  THE OFFERING
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
Common Stock offered by the Company..........  3,200,000 shares
Common Stock to be outstanding after the       16,913,715 shares (1)
offering.....................................
Use of proceeds..............................  For general corporate purposes, including
                                               continued investment in product development,
                                               expansion of sales and marketing activities
                                               and working capital.
Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol.......  DRIV
</TABLE>
 
                   SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,            JUNE 30,
                                                                 -------------------------------  --------------------
                                                                   1995       1996       1997       1997       1998
                                                                 ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                         (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                              <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Sales........................................................  $  --      $     111  $   2,472  $     461  $   5,746
  Gross profit.................................................     --             16        420         82        955
  Loss from operations.........................................       (165)      (697)    (3,538)    (1,195)    (6,221)
  Net loss.....................................................       (143)      (689)    (3,485)    (1,176)    (6,071)
 
  Basic and diluted net loss per share (2).....................  $   (0.03) $   (0.13) $   (0.46) $   (0.18) $   (0.54)
  Shares used in per share computation (2).....................      5,333      5,333      7,514      6,438     11,279
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              JUNE 30, 1998
                                                                                        --------------------------
                                                                                          ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED(3)
                                                                                        ----------  --------------
                                                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                     <C>         <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Cash and cash equivalents...........................................................  $    4,755   $     36,791
  Short-term investments..............................................................       4,934          4,934
  Working capital.....................................................................       7,852         39,888
  Total assets........................................................................      12,697         44,733
  Accumulated deficit.................................................................     (10,396)       (10,396)
  Total stockholders' equity..........................................................      10,283         42,319
</TABLE>
    
 
- --------------------------
 
   
(1) Based on shares outstanding as of July 31, 1998. Excludes (i) 2,082,087
    shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding as of
    July 31, 1998 at a weighted average exercise price of $4.50 per share, (ii)
    803,008 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of warrants
    outstanding as of July 31, 1998 at a weighted average exercise price of
    $2.52 per share, and (iii) 764,882 shares reserved for future grants under
    the Company's stock option plan. See "Management--Employee Benefit Plans"
    and Notes 3 and 4 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
    
 
(2) See Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for an explanation
    of the method employed to determine the number of shares used to compute per
    share amounts.
 
(3) Adjusted to reflect the sale by the Company of 3,200,000 shares of Common
    Stock offered hereby at an assumed initial public offering price of $11.00
    per share and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom. See
    "Use of Proceeds."
 
    EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, ALL INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS (I)
ASSUMES NO EXERCISE OF THE UNDERWRITERS' OVERALLOTMENT OPTION, (II) REFLECTS A 2
FOR 3 REVERSE SPLIT OF THE COMPANY'S COMMON STOCK TO BE EFFECTED PRIOR TO THE
CONSUMMATION OF THIS OFFERING AND (III) REFLECTS THE AUTOMATIC CONVERSION OF ALL
OUTSTANDING SHARES OF SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK INTO COMMON STOCK UPON THE
COMPLETION OF THIS OFFERING.
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    IN ADDITION TO THE OTHER INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS, THE FOLLOWING
FACTORS SHOULD BE CONSIDERED CAREFULLY IN EVALUATING AN INVESTMENT IN THE SHARES
OF COMMON STOCK OFFERED BY THIS PROSPECTUS. THIS PROSPECTUS CONTAINS CERTAIN
STATEMENTS OF A FORWARD-LOOKING NATURE RELATING TO FUTURE EVENTS OR THE FUTURE
FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE OF THE COMPANY. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE CAUTIONED THAT
SUCH STATEMENTS ARE ONLY PREDICTIONS, INVOLVE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES, AND THAT
ACTUAL EVENTS OR RESULTS MAY DIFFER MATERIALLY. IN EVALUATING SUCH STATEMENTS,
PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD SPECIFICALLY CONSIDER THE VARIOUS FACTORS
IDENTIFIED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, INCLUDING THE MATTERS SET FORTH BELOW, WHICH
COULD CAUSE ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE INDICATED BY SUCH
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS.
 
   
    LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY; ACCUMULATED DEFICIT; EXPECTATION OF FUTURE
LOSSES.  The Company was incorporated in February 1994 and was considered a
development stage company through August 1996. The Company conducted its first
online sale through a client's Web store in August 1996 and is still in the
early stages of development. Accordingly, the Company has a limited operating
history upon which investors may evaluate its business and prospects. Since
inception, the Company has incurred significant losses, and as of June 30, 1998,
had an accumulated deficit of approximately $10.4 million. The Company intends
to expend significant financial and management resources on the development of
additional services, sales and marketing, technology and operations to support
larger-scale operations and greater service offerings. As a result, the Company
expects to incur additional losses and continued negative cash flow from
operations for the foreseeable future, and such losses are anticipated to
increase significantly from current levels. There can be no assurance that the
Company's sales will increase or even continue at their current level or that
the Company will achieve or maintain profitability or generate cash from
operations in future periods. The Company's prospects must be considered in
light of the risks, expenses and difficulties frequently encountered by
companies in their early stage of development, particularly companies in new and
rapidly evolving markets such as electronic commerce. To address these risks,
the Company must, among other things, maintain existing and develop new
relationships with software publishers and online retailers, implement and
successfully execute its business and marketing strategy, continue to develop
and upgrade its technology and transaction-processing systems, provide superior
customer service and order fulfillment, respond to competitive developments, and
attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel. There can be no assurance that
the Company will be successful in addressing such risks, and the failure to do
so would have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations. The Company's current and future expense
levels are based largely on its planned operations and estimates of future
sales. Sales and operating results generally depend on the volume and timing of
orders received, which are difficult to forecast. The Company may be unable to
adjust spending in a timely manner to compensate for any unexpected revenue
shortfall. Accordingly, any significant shortfall in sales would have an
immediate adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations. In view of the rapidly evolving nature of the Company's
business and its limited operating history, the Company is unable to accurately
forecast its sales and believes that period-to-period comparisons of its
operating results are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon
as an indication of future performance.
    
 
    POTENTIAL FLUCTUATIONS IN OPERATING RESULTS.  The Company's quarterly and
annual operating results are likely to fluctuate significantly in the future due
to a variety of factors, many of which are outside the Company's control.
Factors that will influence the Company's operating results include: (i) the
Company's ability to retain existing software publishers and online retailers as
clients, to attract new software publishers and online retailers as clients at a
steady rate and to maintain software publisher, online retailer and end-user
satisfaction; (ii) the announcement or introduction of new Web sites, Web
stores, services and products by the Company and its competitors; (iii) price
competition and margin erosion; (iv) the level of use of the Internet and
consumer acceptance of the Internet for the purchase of consumer products such
as those offered by the Company; (v) the Company's ability to upgrade and
develop its systems and
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
infrastructure, in particular its CNS; (vi) the termination of any strategic
accounts such as Corel Corporation, from which the Company derives a significant
portion of its sales; (vii) technical difficulties or system downtime; (viii)
the Company's ability to attract new personnel in a timely and effective manner;
(ix) the mix of sales generated through software publisher client Web stores
compared to online retailer Web stores; (x) the failure of Internet bandwidth to
increase over time and/or an increase in the cost to end-users of obtaining or
utilizing Internet bandwidth; (xi) the amount and timing of operating costs and
capital expenditures relating to expansion of the Company's business, operations
and infrastructure; (xii) certain U.S. and foreign government regulations; and
(xiii) the failure of the Internet to continue to develop as a viable commercial
marketplace. The Company also may, as inducement to obtain certain strategic
contracts, offer certain economic terms to software publishers and online
retailers which will reduce its gross margins. As a result, the Company believes
that it will continue to incur operating losses in the future. Due to the
foregoing factors, the Company's annual or quarterly operating results may fall
below the expectations of securities analysts and investors. In such event, the
trading price of the Common Stock would likely be materially adversely affected.
See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."
 
    CLIENT CONCENTRATION; LENGTHY SALES CYCLE.  Sales initiated through the Web
stores of three software publisher clients collectively accounted for
approximately 29% and 34% of the Company's sales in 1997 and the six months
ended June 30, 1998, respectively. The Company expects that a small percentage
of clients will continue to account for a substantial portion of the Company's
sales for the foreseeable future. Contracts with these clients are generally
short term in nature. In the event that any one of these contracts is not
renewed or is otherwise terminated, the Company's business, financial condition
and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
 
    The Company markets its services directly to software publishers and online
retailers. The Company's Strategic Sales Group focuses on larger software
publishers and online retailers with significant online revenue potential. These
sales are typically complex in nature and involve a lengthy sales cycle. Due to
operating procedures in many large organizations, an extended time period may
elapse after key decision makers have selected the Company's electronic commerce
outsourcing solutions and before a contract with the Company can be signed. As a
result, the period between the initial sales call until a contract with a
software publisher or online retailer with significant sales potential is
consummated typically ranges from six to twelve months, and can be longer.
Therefore, the timing of sales from these software publisher and online retailer
clients is difficult to predict. Delays in signing contracts with significant
software publisher or online retailer clients could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
    RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH ESD; MARKET ACCEPTANCE OF ESD.  The Company's success
will depend in large part on end-user acceptance of ESD as a method of
distributing software. ESD is a relatively new method of distributing software
products and the growth and market acceptance of ESD is highly uncertain and
subject to a number of risks. Factors that will influence market acceptance of
ESD include: the availability of sufficient network bandwidth to enable
purchasers to rapidly download software, the impact of time-based Internet
access fees, the number of software products that are available for purchase
through ESD as compared to those available through physical delivery, the level
of end-user comfort with the process of downloading software via the Internet
and the relative ease of such process and concerns about transaction security.
If ESD does not achieve widespread market acceptance, the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations would be materially adversely
affected. Even if ESD achieves widespread acceptance, there can be no assurance
that the Company will overcome the substantial existing and future technical
challenges associated with electronically delivering software reliably and
consistently on a long-term basis. The failure by the Company to do so would
materially and adversely affect the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations.
 
    DEPENDENCE ON THE INTERNET, GROWTH IN ELECTRONIC COMMERCE AND INTERNET
INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT. Sales of software products using the Internet do not
currently represent a significant portion of overall
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
software sales. The Company's future sales and any future profits are
substantially dependent upon the widespread acceptance and use of the Internet
as an effective medium of commerce by end-users. Rapid growth in the use of and
interest in the Internet and other online services is a recent development and
there can be no assurance that acceptance and use will continue to develop or
that a sufficiently broad base of consumers will adopt, and continue to use, the
Internet and other online services as a medium of commerce. The Company relies
on end-users who have historically used traditional means of commerce to
purchase software products. For the Company to be successful, these end-users
must accept and utilize new ways of conducting business and exchanging
information.
 
    In addition, the Internet may not be accepted as a viable commercial
marketplace for a number of reasons, including potentially inadequate
development of the necessary network infrastructure or delayed development of
enabling technologies and performance improvements. To the extent that the
Internet continues to experience significant growth in the number of users,
their frequency of use or an increase in their bandwidth resources, there can be
no assurance that the infrastructure for the Internet will be able to support
the demands placed upon them. In addition, the Internet could lose its viability
due to delays in the development or adoption of new standards and protocols
required to handle increased levels of Internet activity, or due to increased
governmental regulation. Changes in or insufficient availability of
communications services to support the Internet also could result in slower
response times and adversely affect usage of the Internet. If use of the
Internet does not continue to grow or grows more slowly than expected, if the
infrastructure for the Internet does not effectively support growth that may
occur, or if the Internet does not become a viable commercial marketplace, the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations would be
materially adversely affected.
 
    DEPENDENCE ON SOFTWARE PUBLISHERS.  The Company is entirely dependent upon
the software publishers that supply it with software, and the availability of
such software is unpredictable. The Company's contracts with its software
publisher clients are generally one year in duration, with an automatic renewal
provision for additional one-year periods, unless the Company is provided with a
written notice at least 90 days prior to the termination of the contract. As is
common in the industry, the Company has no long-term or exclusive contracts or
arrangements with any software publisher that guarantees the availability of
software products. There can be no assurance that the software publishers that
currently supply software to the Company will continue to do so or that the
Company will be able to establish new relationships with software publishers. If
the Company is unable to develop and maintain satisfactory relationships with
software publishers on acceptable commercial terms, if the Company is unable to
obtain sufficient quantities of software, if the quality of service provided by
such software publishers falls below a satisfactory standard or if the Company's
level of returns exceeds its clients' expectations, the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely
affected.
 
    DEPENDENCE ON ONLINE RETAILERS.  The Company's strategy is dependent upon
increasing its sales of software products through online retailers. The Company
has historically generated substantially all of its sales from the sale of
software to end-users that were initiated through its software publisher
clients' Web stores. In 1997 and the six months ended June 30, 1998, less than
6% of the Company's sales were generated through online retailer clients' Web
stores. While the Company plans to increase its sales and marketing efforts over
time in an effort to generate increased sales from online retailer clients,
there can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in entering into
contractual relationships with additional online retailers or that its current
contractual relationships will be renewed. The Company's failure to enter into
contractual relationships with major online retailers or a substantial number of
smaller online retailers or the failure to renew its existing online retailer
contracts could have a material adverse impact upon the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations.
 
    RISK OF CAPACITY CONSTRAINTS; LIMITED REDUNDANT SYSTEMS; SYSTEM DEVELOPMENT
RISKS.  The Company provides commerce, marketing and delivery services to
software publishers, retailers and end-users through its CNS
transaction-processing and client management systems, including electronic
inventory of products and consumer marketing information. The satisfactory
performance, reliability and availability of
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
the CNS and the underlying network infrastructure are critical to the Company's
operating results, as well as to its reputation and its ability to attract and
retain clients and maintain adequate customer service levels. The Company's
systems and operations are vulnerable to damage or interruption from fire,
flood, other natural disasters, power loss, telecommunications failure,
break-ins and similar events. The Company presently has limited redundant
systems, no back-up facilities and carries limited business interruption
insurance to compensate it for losses that may occur. Despite the implementation
of network security measures by the Company, its servers are vulnerable to
computer viruses, physical or electronic break-ins and similar disruptions,
which could lead to interruptions, delays, loss of data or the inability to
accept and fulfill end-user orders. Any systems interruptions that result in
reduced order fulfillment performance would reduce the online volume of goods
sold and the attractiveness of the Company's product and service offerings to
software publishers, retailers and end-users, which would have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations.
 
    The Company has experienced periodic interruptions, affecting all or a
portion of its systems, which it believes will continue to occur from time to
time. The Company periodically enhances and expands its technology and
transaction-processing systems, and network infrastructure and other
technologies to accommodate increases in the volume of traffic on the CNS. There
can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in its efforts to
improve and increase the capacity of its network infrastructure, or that the
Company will be able to accurately project the rate or timing of increases, if
any, in the use of its CNS or expand and upgrade its systems and infrastructure
in a timely manner to accommodate such increases. The Company's inability to add
software and hardware or to develop and upgrade further its existing technology,
transaction-processing systems or network infrastructure to accommodate
increased traffic on its CNS may cause unanticipated system disruptions, slower
response times, degradation in levels of customer service and impaired quality
and speed of order fulfillment, any of which could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
In addition, there can be no assurance that additional network capacity will be
available from third-party suppliers when it is needed by the Company. There can
be no assurance that the Company's or its suppliers' network will be able to
achieve or maintain in a timely manner a sufficiently high capacity of data
transmission, especially if demands on the CNS increase. The Company's failure
to achieve or maintain high capacity data transmission could significantly
reduce demand for its services, which would have a material adverse effect on
its business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
    ELECTRONIC COMMERCE SECURITY RISKS.  The secure transmission of confidential
information over public networks is critical to the acceptance of electronic
commerce. The Company relies on certain encryption and authentication technology
licensed from third parties to provide secure transmission of confidential
information, such as end-user credit card numbers. There can be no assurance
that advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of
cryptography, or other events or developments will not result in a compromise or
breach of the algorithms used by the Company to protect end-user transaction
data. If any such compromise were to occur, it could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
A party who is able to circumvent the Company's security measures could
misappropriate proprietary information or cause disruptions in the Company's
operations. The Company may be required to expend significant capital and other
resources to protect against such security breaches or to alleviate problems
caused by such breaches. Concerns over the security of transactions conducted on
the Internet and the privacy of users may also inhibit the growth of the
Internet generally, and electronic commerce in particular. To the extent that
activities of the Company involve the storage and transmission of proprietary
information, such as credit card numbers and end-user profile information,
security breaches could damage the Company's reputation and expose the Company
to a risk of loss or litigation and possible liability. There can be no
assurance that the Company's security measures will prevent security breaches or
that a failure to prevent such security breaches will not have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations.
 
    COMPETITION.  The electronic commerce market is new, rapidly evolving and
intensely competitive, and the Company expects competition to intensify in the
future, particularly in the area of electronic sale
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
and distribution of software products. The Company currently competes directly
with other providers of electronic commerce solutions, including CyberSource
Corporation, Preview Software Corporation, Release Software Corporation and
TechWave, Inc. The Company also competes indirectly with software companies that
offer tools and services for electronic commerce, including companies that
provide a broad range of Internet and server solutions such as Microsoft
Corporation and Netscape Communications Corporation, as well as a large number
of companies that provide tools and services enabling one or more of the
transaction processing functions of electronic commerce, such as transaction
control, data security, customer interaction and database marketing. In addition
to direct competition with other transaction processing providers and enablers
and indirect competition with other providers of electronic commerce software
and systems, the Company also competes with companies that sell and distribute
software products via the Internet, including online retailers such as CNET,
Inc., Ingram Micro Inc. and software.net Corporation, as well as companies such
as AltaVista (a subsidiary of Digital Equipment Corporation), America Online,
Inc., Excite, Inc., Infoseek Corporation, Lycos, Inc. and Yahoo! Inc., which
specialize in electronic commerce or derive a substantial portion of their
revenues from electronic commerce and may themselves offer, or provide means for
others to offer, software products.
 
    The Company believes that the principal competitive factors in its market
are breadth of product offerings, software publisher and online retailer
relationships, brand recognition, system capacity, reliability, price,
selection, speed and accessibility, customer service, quality of site content,
convenience and speed of fulfillment. There can be no assurance that the online
retailers and the other companies listed above will not compete directly with
the Company by adopting a similar business model. Moreover, while certain of
these companies are also clients or potential clients of the Company, they may
compete with the Company's electronic commerce outsourcing solution to the
extent that they develop electronic commerce systems or acquire such systems
from other software vendors or service providers.
 
    Many of the Company's current and potential competitors have longer
operating histories, larger customer bases, greater brand recognition and
significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources than the Company.
In addition, larger, well-established and well-financed entities may acquire,
invest in or form joint ventures with online competitors as the use of the
Internet and other online services increases. In addition, new technologies and
the expansion of existing technologies, such as price comparison programs that
select specific titles from a variety of Internet Web sites may direct end-users
to online retailers that compete with the Company, which would increase
competitive pressures on the Company. Increased competition may result in
reduced operating margins, as well as a loss of market share. Further, as a
strategic response to changes in the competitive environment, the Company may
from time to time make certain pricing, service or marketing decisions or
acquisitions that could have a material adverse effect on its business,
financial condition and results of operations. There can be no assurance that
the Company will be able to compete successfully against current and future
competitors, and any inability to do so could have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
    RAPID TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGE.  To remain competitive, the Company must
continue to enhance and improve the responsiveness, functionality and features
of the CNS and the underlying network infrastructure. The Internet and the
electronic commerce industry are characterized by rapid technological change,
changes in user and client requirements and preferences, frequent new product
and service introductions embodying new technologies and the emergence of new
industry standards and practices that could render the Company's existing CNS
technology and systems obsolete. The Company's success will depend, in part, on
its ability to both license and internally develop leading technologies useful
in its business, enhance its existing services, develop new services and
technology that address the increasingly sophisticated and varied needs of its
clients, and respond to technological advances and emerging industry standards
and practices on a cost-effective and timely basis. The development of the CNS
technology and other proprietary technology entails significant technical and
business risks. There can be no assurance that the Company will successfully use
new technologies effectively or adapt its proprietary technology and
transaction-processing systems to customer requirements or emerging industry
standards. If the Company
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
is unable, for technical, legal, financial or other reasons, to adapt in a
timely manner to changing market conditions, client requirements or emerging
industry standards, its business, financial condition and results of operations
could be materially adversely affected.
 
   
    MANAGEMENT OF POTENTIAL GROWTH; NEW MANAGEMENT TEAM; LIMITED EXECUTIVE
OFFICER RESOURCES.  The Company has rapidly and significantly expanded its
operations and anticipates that further significant expansion will be required
to address potential growth in its client base and market opportunities. From
January 1, 1997 to June 30, 1998, the Company has increased its number of
employees from 11 to 76. This expansion has placed, and is expected to continue
to place, a significant strain on the Company's managerial, operational and
financial resources. The majority of the Company's existing senior management
personnel joined the Company within the last 14 months, including the Company's
President, who joined the Company in July 1998 and the Chief Financial Officer,
who joined the Company in April 1998. Joel A. Ronning, the Company's Chief
Executive Officer also serves as the Chairman of the Board of Tech Squared, Inc.
("Tech Squared"), a principal stockholder of the Company. The Company's new
employees include a number of key managerial, technical and operations personnel
who have not yet been fully integrated into the Company, and the Company expects
to add additional key personnel in the near future. In particular, there are
currently two senior management positions available, including Vice President of
Sales and Vice President of Merchandising, for which the Company is currently
recruiting candidates. The Company also expects to hire additional direct sales
and marketing personnel. To manage the expected growth of its operations and
personnel, the Company will be required to improve existing and implement new
operational, financial and management controls, reporting systems and
procedures, to install new management information and control systems and to
train, motivate and manage its employees. There can be no assurance that the
Company will install such management information and control systems in an
efficient and timely manner, or that the Company's current or planned personnel,
systems, procedures and controls will be adequate to support the Company's
future operations. In addition, there can be no assurance that management will
be able to hire, train, retain, motivate and manage required personnel or that
the Company's management will be able to successfully identify, manage and
exploit existing and potential market opportunities. If the Company is unable to
manage growth effectively, its business, financial condition and results of
operations would be materially adversely affected.
    
 
   
    DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL; NEED FOR ADDITIONAL PERSONNEL.  The Company's
performance is substantially dependent on the continued services and on the
performance of its senior management, particularly Joel A. Ronning, the
Company's Chief Executive Officer and Kelly J. Wical, the Company's Chief
Technology Officer. The Company's performance also depends on its ability to
retain and motivate its other executive officers and key employees. The loss of
the services of any of its executive officers or other key employees could have
a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations. The Company has long-term employment agreements only with
Mr. Ronning and Perry W. Steiner, the Company's President. See
"Management--Employment Agreements." Also, the Company only maintains a "key
person" life insurance policy on Mr. Ronning. The Company's future success also
depends on its ability to identify, attract, hire, train, retain and motivate
other highly skilled technical, managerial, operations, merchandising, sales and
marketing and customer service personnel. Competition for such personnel is
intense, and there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
successfully attract, assimilate or retain sufficiently qualified personnel. The
failure to retain and attract the necessary technical, managerial,
merchandising, sales and marketing and customer service personnel could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations.
    
 
    INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY.  The Company regards trademarks, copyrights, trade
secrets and other intellectual property as critical to its success, and relies
on trademark, trade secret protection and confidentiality and/or license
agreements with its employees, clients, partners and others to protect its
proprietary rights. The Company's policy is to seek to protect its proprietary
position by, among other methods, filing United States and foreign patent
applications related to its proprietary technology, inventions and improvements
that are important to the development of its business. Proprietary rights
relating to the Company's
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
technologies will be protected from unauthorized use by third parties only to
the extent that they are covered by valid and enforceable patents or are
effectively maintained as trade secrets. While the Company currently has twelve
patent applications pending in the United States, none have yet been issued and
there can be no assurance that any pending patent applications now or hereafter
filed by, or licensed to, the Company will result in patents being issued. The
Company has filed certain petitions to correct certain fee deficiencies for its
pending patent applications and there can be no assurance that such petitions
can be granted or that the Company will elect to pursue these applications. In
addition, the laws of certain foreign countries do not protect the Company's
intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United
States. The patent position of high technology companies involves complex legal
and factual questions and, therefore, their validity and enforceability cannot
be predicted with certainty. There can be no assurance that any of the Company's
patent applications, if issued, will not be challenged, invalidated, held
unenforceable or circumvented, or that the rights granted thereunder will
provide proprietary protection or competitive advantages to the Company against
competitors with similar technology. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that
others will not independently develop similar technologies or duplicate any
technology developed by the Company. The Company has one registered trademark
for "Digital River." Effective trademark and trade secret protection may not be
available in every country in which the Company's products and services are made
available online. There can be no assurance that the steps taken by the Company
to protect its proprietary rights will be adequate or that third parties will
not infringe or misappropriate the Company's trade secrets, trademarks, trade
dress and similar proprietary rights. In addition, there can be no assurance
that others will not independently develop substantially equivalent intellectual
property. A failure by the Company to protect its intellectual property in a
meaningful manner could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, litigation
may be necessary in the future to enforce the Company's intellectual property
rights, to protect the Company's trade secrets or to determine the validity and
scope of the proprietary rights of others. Such litigation could result in
substantial costs and diversion of management and technical resources, which
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations.
 
    In addition, there can be no assurance that other parties will not assert
infringement claims against the Company. From time to time, the Company may
receive notice of claims of infringement of other parties' proprietary rights.
There can be no assurance that such claims will not be asserted or prosecuted
against the Company in the future or that any past or future assertions or
prosecutions will not materially adversely affect the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations. The defense of any such claims,
whether such claims are with or without merit, could be time-consuming, result
in costly litigation and diversion of technical and management personnel, cause
product shipment delays or require the Company to develop non-infringing
technology or enter into royalty or licensing agreements. Such royalty or
licensing agreements, if required, may not be available on terms acceptable to
the Company, or at all. In the event of a successful claim of infringement
against the Company and the failure or inability of the Company to develop
non-infringing technology or license the infringed or similar technology on a
timely basis, the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations could be materially adversely affected.
 
    LIABILITY FOR SOFTWARE PRODUCTS CONTENT.  Claims may be made against the
Company for negligence, copyright or trademark infringement or other theories
based on the nature and content of software products that are delivered
electronically and subsequently distributed to others. Although the Company
carries general liability insurance, the Company's insurance may not cover
potential claims of this type or may not be adequate to cover all costs incurred
in defense of potential claims or to indemnify the Company for all liability
that may be imposed. Any costs or imposition of liability that is not covered by
insurance or in excess of insurance coverage could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
    FUTURE CAPITAL NEEDS; UNCERTAINTY OF ADDITIONAL FUNDING.  The Company
requires substantial working capital to fund its business. The Company has
experienced negative cash flow from operations since
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
inception and expects to continue to experience significant negative cash flow
from operations for the foreseeable future. The Company expects to use the net
proceeds of this offering primarily to fund continued operations, to expand
sales and marketing activities and for the continued investment in product
development. The Company believes that such proceeds, together with its existing
capital resources, will be sufficient to meet the Company's capital requirements
for the foreseeable future. However, the Company's capital requirements depend
on several factors, including the rate of market acceptance, the ability to
expand the Company's client base, the level of expansion of sales and marketing
and other factors. If capital requirements vary materially from those currently
planned, the Company may require additional financing sooner than anticipated.
If additional funds are raised through the issuance of equity securities, the
percentage ownership of the stockholders of the Company will be reduced,
stockholders may experience additional dilution, or such equity securities may
have rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of the holders of the
Company's Common Stock. There can be no assurance that additional financing will
be available when needed on terms favorable to the Company or at all. If
adequate funds are not available or are not available on acceptable terms, the
Company may be unable to develop or enhance its services, take advantage of
future opportunities or respond to competitive pressures, which could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition or
operating results.
 
    GOVERNMENT REGULATION AND LEGAL UNCERTAINTIES.  The Company is not currently
subject to direct regulation by any domestic or foreign governmental agency,
other than regulations applicable to businesses generally, export control laws
and laws or regulations directly applicable to electronic commerce. However, due
to the increasing popularity and use of the Internet, it is possible that a
number of laws and regulations may be adopted with respect to the Internet
covering issues such as user privacy, pricing, content, copyrights, distribution
and characteristics and quality of products and services. Furthermore, the
growth and development of the market for electronic commerce may prompt calls
for more stringent consumer protection laws that may impose additional burdens
on those companies conducting business online. The adoption of certain
additional laws or regulations may decrease the growth of the Internet or other
online services, which could, in turn, decrease the demand for the Company's
products and services and increase the Company's cost of doing business, or
otherwise have an adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition
and results of operations.
 
    Applicability to the Internet of existing laws governing issues such as
property ownership, copyrights, encryption and other intellectual property
issues, taxation, libel, export or import matters, obscenity and personal
privacy is uncertain. The vast majority of such laws were adopted prior to the
advent of the Internet and related technologies and, as a result, do not
contemplate or address the unique issues of the Internet and related
technologies. Changes to such laws intended to address these issues, including
some recently proposed changes, could create uncertainty in the Internet
marketplace which could reduce demand for the services of the Company or
increase the cost of doing business as a result of costs of litigation or
increased service delivery costs, or could in some other manner have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations.
 
    In addition, as the Company's services are available over the Internet in
multiple states and foreign countries, such jurisdictions may claim that the
Company is required to qualify to do business as a foreign corporation in each
such state or foreign country. The Company is qualified to do business only in
Minnesota, Iowa and Washington, and failure by the Company to qualify as a
foreign corporation in a jurisdiction where it is required to do so could
subject the Company to taxes and penalties for the failure to qualify and could
result in the inability of the Company to enforce contracts in such
jurisdictions. Any such new legislation or regulation, the application of laws
and regulations from jurisdictions whose laws do not currently apply to the
Company's business, or the application of existing laws and regulations to the
Internet and other electronic services could have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
    RISK OF INTERNATIONAL SALES.  Although the Company sells software products
to end-users outside the United States, there can be no assurance that the
Company will be able to expand its international presence. Conducting business
outside of the United States is subject to certain risks, including changes in
regulatory requirements and tariffs, reduced protection of intellectual property
rights, difficulties in distribution, the burden of complying with a variety of
foreign laws and political or economic constraints on international trade or
instability. In addition, the export of certain software from the United States
is subject to export restrictions as a result of the encryption technology in
such software and may give rise to liability to the extent the Company violates
such restrictions. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
successfully market, sell and distribute its products in local markets or that
one or more of such factors will not have a material adverse effect on the
Company's future international operations, and consequently, on the Company's
business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
    SALES AND OTHER TAXES.  The Company does not currently collect sales, use or
other similar taxes with respect to ESD or shipments of software products into
states other than Minnesota. However, one or more local, state or foreign
jurisdictions may seek to impose sales or use tax collection obligations on out
of state companies, such as the Company, which engage in electronic commerce. In
addition, any new operation in states outside Minnesota could subject shipments
into such states to state sales or use taxes under current or future laws. A
successful assertion by one or more states or any foreign country that the
Company should collect sales, use or other taxes on the sale of merchandise
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations.
 
   
    CONTROL BY EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS.  Upon completion of this offering, the
Company's executive officers, directors and principal stockholders and their
respective affiliates will beneficially own in the aggregate approximately
8,758,944, or 48.87% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (47.60% if the
Underwriters' overallotment option is exercised in full). As a result, such
persons may have the ability to effectively control the Company and direct its
affairs and business, including the election of directors and approval of
significant corporate transactions. Such concentration of ownership may also
have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of the
Company, and making certain transactions more difficult or impossible absent the
support of such stockholders, including proxy contests, mergers involving the
Company, tender offers, open-market purchase programs or other purchases of
Common Stock that could give stockholders of the Company the opportunity to
realize a premium over the then prevailing market price for shares of Common
Stock.
    
 
    ABSENCE OF PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET; POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE.  Prior
to this offering there has been no public market for the Company's Common Stock,
and there can be no assurance that an active market will develop or be
maintained. The initial public offering price was negotiated between the Company
and the Representatives of the Underwriters and may not be indicative of future
market prices. The trading price of the Common Stock is likely to be highly
volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to factors such
as actual or anticipated variations in quarterly operating results,
announcements of technological innovations, new products or services by the
Company or its competitors, changes in financial estimates by securities
analysts, conditions or trends in the Internet and online commerce industries,
changes in the economic performance and/or market valuations of other Internet,
online service or retail companies, announcements by the Company of significant
acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments,
additions or departures of key personnel, sales of Common Stock and other events
or factors, many of which are beyond the Company's control. In addition, the
stock market in general, and the Nasdaq National Market and the market for
Internet-related and technology companies in particular, has experienced extreme
price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate
to the operating performance of such companies. The trading prices of many
technology companies' stocks are at or near historical highs and reflect price
earnings ratios substantially above historical levels. There can be no assurance
that these trading prices and price earnings ratios will be sustained. These
broad market and industry factors may materially and adversely affect the market
price of the Common Stock, regardless of the Company's actual operating
performance. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of
a company's securities, securities class-action litigation has often been
instituted against such companies. Such litigation, if instituted, could result
in substantial costs and a
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
diversion of management's attention and resources, which would have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations.
 
   
    SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE; REGISTRATION RIGHTS.  Sales of significant
amounts of Common Stock in the public market after this offering or the
perception that such sales will occur could materially and adversely affect the
market price of the Common Stock or the future ability of the Company to raise
capital through an offering of its equity securities. Upon the completion of
this offering, the Company will have outstanding 16,913,715 shares of Common
Stock, based on the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding as of July 31,
1998, assuming (i) the issuance by the Company of shares of Common Stock offered
hereby, (ii) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A
Preferred Stock into Common Stock upon the completion of this offering, (iii) no
exercise of options, warrants or other obligations to issue shares after July
31, 1998 and (iv) no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option to
purchase 480,000 shares of Common Stock, except as otherwise noted. Of these
shares, the 3,200,000 shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable
without restriction under the Securities Act. The remaining 13,713,715 shares of
Common Stock held by existing stockholders are restricted securities. Restricted
securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they
qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144, 144(k) or 701 or
Regulation S as promulgated under the Securities Act. Holders, including all
officers and directors, of 12,322,791 shares of the Company's Common Stock and
an additional 1,584,653 shares issuable upon exercise of warrants and vested
options have agreed with the representatives of the Underwriters, subject to
certain exceptions, not to offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any
option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant
any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of,
directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible
into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (whether such shares or any
such securities are then owned by such person or are thereafter acquired
directly from the Company), or to enter into any swap or similar arrangement
that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic risks of ownership of the
Common Stock, without the prior written consent of BT Alex. Brown Incorporated
for a period of 180 days after the date of the Prospectus (the "Lock-Up
Agreements"). As a result of such contractual restrictions and the provisions of
Rule 144 and 701 or Regulation S, additional shares will be available for sale
in the public market as follows: (i) 980,806 shares of Common Stock currently
outstanding and 32,654 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
currently outstanding options will be eligible for sale 90 days after the date
of this Prospectus, (ii) 8,261,072 restricted securities will be eligible for
sale 180 days after the date of this Prospectus and (iii) the remainder of the
restricted securities will be eligible for sale from time to time thereafter
upon expiration of their respective one-year holding periods. After this
offering, the holders of approximately 8,081,506 shares of Common Stock and
options and warrants to purchase 1,034,416 shares of Common Stock will be
entitled to certain demand and piggyback registration rights with respect to
registration of such shares under the Securities Act. If such holders, by
exercising their demand or piggyback registration rights, cause a large number
of securities to be registered and sold in the public market, such sales could
have an adverse effect on the market price for the Company's Common Stock. If
the Company were to include in a Company initiated registration shares held by
such holders pursuant to the exercise of their piggyback registration rights,
such sales may have an adverse effect on the Company's ability to raise needed
capital. In addition, after the date of this Prospectus, the Company intends to
file a Form S-8 registration statement under the Securities Act to register all
shares of Common Stock issuable under the Company's 1998 Stock Plan. Such
registration statement is expected to become effective not earlier than 180 days
after the effective date of this offering. Shares covered by such registration
statement will thereupon be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to
Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates.
    
 
    ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECT OF CERTAIN CHARTER PROVISIONS.  Upon completion of this
offering, the Company's Board of Directors will have the authority to issue up
to 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock and to determine the price, rights,
preferences and privileges of those shares without any further vote or action by
the Company's stockholders. The rights of the holders of Common Stock will be
subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any
Preferred Stock that may be issued in the future. While the Company has no
present intention to issue Preferred Stock, any such issuance, while providing
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
desirable flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other
corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it more difficult for a
third party to acquire a majority of the outstanding voting stock of the Company
and may discourage bids for the Common Stock at a premium over the market price
of the Common Stock and may affect adversely the market price of and the voting
and other rights of the holders of the Common Stock. In addition, the Company is
subject to the anti-takeover provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General
Corporation Law, which prohibits the Company from engaging in a "business
combination" with an "interested stockholder" for a period of three years after
the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested
stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner.
The application of Section 203 could have the effect of delaying or preventing a
change of control of the Company. The Company's Amended and Restated Certificate
of Incorporation ("Restated Certificate of Incorporation") also provides for
staggered three-year terms for the members of the Board of Directors. The
Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws also require that,
effective upon the closing of this offering, any action required or permitted to
be taken by stockholders of the Company must be effected at a duly called annual
or special meeting of the stockholders and may not be effected by a consent in
writing. In addition, special meetings of the stockholders of the Company may be
called only by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief
Executive Officer of the Company. These provisions, and other provisions of the
Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Company's Bylaws and Delaware
corporate law, may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying or
preventing changes in control or management of the Company, including
transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their
shares over then current market prices.
 
    NO SPECIFIC PLAN FOR SIGNIFICANT PORTION OF PROCEEDS.  The Company currently
has no specific plans for a significant portion of the net proceeds of the
offering. As a consequence, the Company's management will have the discretion to
allocate this portion of the net proceeds of this offering to uses that the
stockholders may not deem desirable, and there can be no assurance that these
proceeds can or will be invested to yield a significant return. Substantially
all of the proceeds of the offering will be invested in short-term,
interest-bearing, investment grade securities for an indefinite period of time.
 
    DILUTION; ABSENCE OF DIVIDENDS.  The initial public offering price will be
substantially higher than the book value per share of Common Stock. Investors
purchasing shares of Common Stock in this offering will incur immediate,
substantial dilution of $8.51 per share in the pro forma net tangible book value
of Common Stock. Additional dilution will occur upon the exercise of outstanding
options and warrants. The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends
and does not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The
Company's loan and security agreement and capital equipment leases prohibit the
payment of dividends without the consent of the respective lenders.
 
    YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE.  The Company uses a significant number of computer
software programs and operating systems in its internal operations. The use of
computer programs that rely on two-digit date programs to perform computations
and decision-making functions may cause computer systems to malfunction in the
year 2000 and lead to significant business delays and disruptions. While the
Company believes that the software applications that it uses or has developed
are year 2000 compliant, to the extent that any of these software applications
contain source code that is unable to appropriately interpret the upcoming
calendar year 2000, some level of modification or possible replacement of such
source code or applications will be necessary. The Company has analyzed the
software applications that it uses or has developed and, as a result, the
Company at this time does not anticipate any significant expense in ensuring
that they are year 2000 compliant. However, until the year 2000 arrives, the
Company cannot be absolutely certain that its analysis is correct. The Company
is currently unable to predict the extent to which the year 2000 issue will
affect its clients or suppliers, or the extent to which it would be vulnerable
to any failure by the clients or suppliers to remediate any year 2000 issues on
a timely basis. The failure of a client or a major supplier subject to the year
2000 to convert its systems on a timely basis or a conversion that is
incompatible with the Company's systems could have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. In
addition the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations
may be materially adversely affected to the extent its end-users are unable to
use their credit cards due to the year 2000 issues that are not rectified by
their credit card vendors.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    The net proceeds from the sale of the 3,200,000 shares of Common Stock
offered hereby, at an assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per share,
are estimated to be approximately $32,036,000 ($36,946,400 if the Underwriters'
over-allotment option is exercised in full), after deducting underwriting
discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by the
Company. The Company intends to use the net proceeds for general corporate
purposes, including continued investment in product development, expansion of
sales and marketing activities and working capital. The amounts and timing of
the Company's actual expenditures will depend upon numerous factors, including
the status of the Company's product development efforts, marketing and sales
activities, the amount of cash generated by the Company's operations and
competition. Pending application of the net proceeds as described above, the
Company intends to invest the net proceeds of the offering in short-term,
investment-grade, interest-bearing securities. See "Risk Factors--No Specific
Plans for Significant Portion of Proceeds."
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    The Company has never declared or paid any cash dividends on its capital
stock. The Company intends to retain any future earnings to support operations
and to finance the growth and development of the Company's business and does not
anticipate paying cash dividends for the foreseeable future.
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
    The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company as of June
30, 1998 (i) on an actual basis and (ii) as adjusted to reflect the automatic
conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock into Common
Stock upon the completion of this offering and the sale of 3,200,000 shares of
Common Stock offered by the Company hereby at an assumed initial public offering
price of $11.00 per share and after deducting underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by the Company and the
application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom. See "Use of Proceeds."
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                JUNE 30, 1998
                                                                                            ----------------------
                                                                                             ACTUAL    AS ADJUSTED
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
                                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                         <C>        <C>
Stockholders' equity (1):
  Preferred Stock; $0.01 par value; 1,500,000 shares authorized, 1,500,000 shares of
    Series A Preferred Stock issued and outstanding, actual; 5,000,000 shares authorized,
    no shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted.........................................  $      15   $      --
  Common Stock; $0.01 par value; 66,666,667 shares authorized, 12,713,715 shares issued
    and outstanding, actual; 45,000,000 shares authorized, 16,913,715 shares issued and
    outstanding, as adjusted..............................................................        127         169
  Additional paid-in-capital..............................................................     21,728      53,737
  Deferred compensation...................................................................     (1,191)     (1,191)
  Accumulated deficit.....................................................................    (10,396)    (10,396)
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
    Total stockholders' equity............................................................     10,283      42,319
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
      Total capitalization................................................................  $  10,283   $  42,319
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
                                                                                            ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Excludes (i) 1,532,087 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
    options outstanding as of June 30, 1998, at a weighted average exercise
    price of $2.16 per share, (ii) 803,008 shares of Common Stock issuable upon
    exercise of warrants outstanding as of June 30, 1998, at a weighted average
    exercise price of $2.52 per share, and (iii) 801,246 shares reserved for
    future grants under the Company's stock option plan. See
    "Management--Employee Benefit Plans" and Notes 3 and 4 of Notes to
    Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
                                    DILUTION
 
    The pro forma net tangible book value of the Company at June 30, 1998 was
$10,120,237 or $0.74 per share after giving effect to the conversion of
outstanding Series A Preferred Stock into 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock. Pro
forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of the Company's
stockholders' equity less intangible assets divided by the total number of
shares of Common Stock outstanding on a pro forma basis for the period
immediately prior to this offering.
 
    Net tangible book value dilution per share represents the difference between
the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of Common Stock in the
offering made hereby and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of
Common Stock immediately after completion of the offering. After giving effect
to the sale by the Company of the 3,200,000 shares of Common Stock offered
hereby at an assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per share, after
deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering
expenses, the pro forma net tangible book value of the Company as of June 30,
1998 would have been $42,156,237, or $2.49 per share. This represents an
immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $1.75 per share to
existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book
value of $8.51 per share to new investors purchasing shares at the assumed
initial public offering price. The following table illustrates this per share
dilution:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                           <C>        <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share.............................             $   11.00
                                                                                         ---------
  Pro forma net tangible book value per share at June 30, 1998..............  $     .74
  Increase per share attributable to new investors..........................       1.75
                                                                              ---------
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after the offering..............                  2.49
                                                                                         ---------
Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors.................             $    8.51
                                                                                         ---------
                                                                                         ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The following table sets forth on a pro forma basis as of June 30, 1998
after giving effort to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of
Series A Preferred Stock into Common Stock upon the closing of this offering,
the difference between the number of shares of Common Stock purchased from the
Company, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by
the existing stockholders and by the new investors at an assumed initial public
offering price of $11.00 per share for shares purchased in this offering, before
deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering
expenses:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    SHARES PURCHASED        TOTAL CONSIDERATION
                                                ------------------------  ------------------------  AVERAGE PRICE
                                                   NUMBER       PERCENT      AMOUNT       PERCENT     PER SHARE
                                                -------------  ---------  -------------  ---------  -------------
<S>                                             <C>            <C>        <C>            <C>        <C>
Existing stockholders.........................     13,713,715        81%  $  20,520,651        37%    $    1.50
New investors.................................      3,200,000        19%     35,200,000        63%        11.00
                                                -------------  ---------  -------------  ---------
  Total.......................................     16,913,715     100.0%  $  55,720,651     100.0%
                                                -------------  ---------  -------------  ---------
                                                -------------  ---------  -------------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The foregoing tables assume no exercise of outstanding stock options or
warrants and as of June 30, 1998, excludes (i) options to purchase 1,532,087
shares of Common Stock at a weighted average exercise price of $2.16 per share,
(ii) warrants to purchase 803,008 shares of Common Stock at a weighted average
exercise price of $2.52 per share and (iii) 801,246 shares reserved for future
grants under the Company's stock option plan. To the extent that outstanding
options or warrants are exercised, there will be further dilution to new
investors. See "Management--Employee Benefit Plans" and Notes 3 and 4 of Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in
conjunction with the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations" included herein. The statement of operations data for the years
ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997 and the balance sheet data as of December
31, 1996 and 1997 have been derived from the audited Consolidated Financial
Statements of the Company included elsewhere in this Prospectus. The statement
of operations data for the period from inception to December 31, 1994 and the
balance sheet data as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 are derived from audited
Financial Statements not included in this Prospectus and contain all
adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair
presentation of the financial position and results of operations for such
periods. The statement of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 1997
and 1998 and the balance sheet data as of June 30, 1998 are derived from the
Company's unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements also included elsewhere in
this Prospectus. Such unaudited statements have been prepared on the same basis
as the audited Consolidated Financial Statements and in the opinion of
management include all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and
results of operations of the Company for the unaudited interim periods. The
statement of operations data for the interim periods are not necessarily
indicative of results that may be expected for any other interim period or for
the year as a whole.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          PERIOD FROM
                                                           INCEPTION
                                                         (FEBRUARY 9,                                      SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                           1994) TO         YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,            JUNE 30,
                                                         DECEMBER 31,   -------------------------------  --------------------
                                                             1994         1995       1996       1997       1997       1998
                                                         -------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                        (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                      <C>            <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Sales................................................    $  --        $  --      $     111  $   2,472  $     461  $   5,746
  Cost of sales........................................       --           --             95      2,052        379      4,791
                                                              ------    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Gross profit.......................................       --           --             16        420         82        955
  Operating expenses:
    Sales and marketing................................       --                3         68      1,501        629      3,433
    Product development and operations.................       --              130        230      1,528        415      1,611
    General and administrative.........................           13           32        415        929        233      2,132
                                                              ------    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
      Total operating expenses.........................           13          165        713      3,958      1,277      7,176
                                                              ------    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Loss from operations.................................          (13)        (165)      (697)    (3,538)    (1,195)    (6,221)
    Interest income, net...............................            5           22          8         53         19        150
                                                              ------    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Net loss.............................................    $      (8)   $    (143) $    (689) $  (3,485) $  (1,176) $  (6,071)
                                                              ------    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                              ------    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Basic and diluted net loss per share (1).............    $   (0.00)   $   (0.03) $   (0.13) $   (0.46) $   (0.18) $   (0.54)
                                                              ------    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                              ------    ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Shares used in per share computation (1).............        5,333        5,333      5,333      7,514      6,438     11,279
</TABLE>
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                                         ------------------------------------------   JUNE 30,
                                                                           1994       1995       1996       1997        1998
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Cash and cash equivalents............................................  $     679  $     487  $     800  $   2,126   $   4,755
  Short-term investments...............................................         --         --         --         --       4,934
  Working capital (deficit)............................................        667        478       (451)     1,244       7,852
  Total assets.........................................................        783        635      1,202      3,405      12,697
  Accumulated deficit..................................................         (8)      (152)      (840)    (4,325)    (10,396)
  Total stockholders' equity (deficit).................................        770        627        (58)     2,329      10,283
</TABLE>
    
 
- --------------------------
 
(1) See Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for an explanation
    of the method employed to determine the number of shares used to compute per
    share amounts.
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    THIS PROSPECTUS CONTAINS CERTAIN STATEMENTS OF A FORWARD-LOOKING NATURE
RELATING TO FUTURE EVENTS OR THE FUTURE FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE OF THE COMPANY.
PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE CAUTIONED THAT SUCH STATEMENTS ARE ONLY PREDICTIONS,
INVOLVE RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES, AND THAT ACTUAL EVENTS OR RESULTS MAY DIFFER
MATERIALLY. IN EVALUATING SUCH STATEMENTS, PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD
SPECIFICALLY CONSIDER THE VARIOUS FACTORS IDENTIFIED IN THIS PROSPECTUS,
INCLUDING THE MATTERS SET FORTH UNDER THE CAPTION "RISK FACTORS," WHICH COULD
CAUSE ACTUAL RESULTS TO DIFFER MATERIALLY FROM THOSE INDICATED BY SUCH
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS.
 
OVERVIEW
 
    The Company is a leading provider of comprehensive electronic commerce
outsourcing solutions to software publishers and online retailers. The Company
was incorporated in February 1994 and commenced offering products for sale
through its clients' Web stores in August 1996. From inception through August
1996, the Company had no sales, and its activities related primarily to the
development of its CNS technology related to electronic commerce. In 1996, the
Company began to focus its business development efforts on building its
inventory of software products through contracts with software publishers and
had contracts with a total of 953 and 1,122 software publishers as of December
31, 1997 and June 30, 1998, respectively. In 1997, the Company began to develop
distribution relationships and had contracts with a total of 105 and 346 online
retailers as of December 31, 1997 and June 30, 1998, respectively. During the
six months ended June 30, 1998, the Company completed transactions for 787
software publishers and 112 online retailers.
 
    The Company derives its revenue primarily from sales of third-party
software. The Company has contractual relationships with its software publisher
and online retailer clients which obligate the Company to pay to the client a
specified percentage of each sale. Revenues from the sale of software products,
net of estimated returns, are recognized upon either delivery through ESD or
shipment of the physical product to the end-user. The amount payable to the
software publisher or online retailer is reported as cost of sales. The Company
bears full credit risk with respect to substantially all sales. The Company
determines reserves for charge-backs using a percentage of sales based on
historical experience. As of June 30, 1998, the Company's reserve balance for
charge-backs totalled $82,000. Sales of software products that are delivered
through ESD accounted for 72% of sales for the six months ended June 30, 1998.
The Company maintains a supply of packaged software to meet the physical
delivery requirements of its clients, which supply is primarily held on
consignment.
 
   
    The Company has a limited operating history upon which investors may
evaluate its business and prospects. Since inception, the Company has incurred
significant losses, and as of June 30, 1998, had an accumulated deficit of
approximately $10.4 million. The Company intends to expend significant financial
and management resources on the development of additional services, sales and
marketing, technology and operations to support larger-scale operations and
greater service offerings. As a result, the Company expects to incur additional
losses and continued negative cash flow from operations for the foreseeable
future, and such losses are anticipated to increase significantly from current
levels. There can be no assurance that the Company's sales will increase or even
continue at their current level or that the Company will achieve or maintain
profitability or generate cash from operations in future periods. The Company's
prospects must be considered in light of the risks, expenses and difficulties
frequently encountered by companies in their early stage of development,
particularly companies in new and rapidly evolving markets such as electronic
commerce. To address these risks, the Company must, among other things, maintain
existing and develop new relationships with software publishers and online
retailers, implement and successfully execute its business and marketing
strategy, continue to develop and upgrade its technology and
transaction-processing systems, provide superior customer service and order
fulfillment, respond to competitive developments, and attract, retain and
motivate qualified personnel. There can be no assurance that the Company will be
successful in addressing such risks, and the failure to do so would
    
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
have a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition
and results of operations. The Company's current and future expense levels are
based largely on its planned operations and estimates of future sales. Sales and
operating results generally depend on the volume and timing of orders received,
which are difficult to forecast. The Company may be unable to adjust spending in
a timely manner to compensate for any unexpected revenue shortfall. Accordingly,
any significant shortfall in sales would have an immediate adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. In view of
the rapidly evolving nature of the Company's business and its limited operating
history, the Company is unable to accurately forecast its sales and believes
that period-to-period comparisons of its operating results are not necessarily
meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The following table sets forth consolidated statement of operations data for
the periods indicated as a percentage of revenues:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER     SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                   31,                 JUNE 30,
                                                                           --------------------  --------------------
                                                                             1996       1997       1997       1998
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Sales....................................................................      100.0%     100.0%     100.0%     100.0%
Cost of sales............................................................       85.6       83.0       82.2       83.4
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
  Gross profit...........................................................       14.4       17.0       17.8       16.6
Operating expenses:
  Sales and marketing....................................................       61.2       60.7      136.5       59.8
  Product development and operations.....................................      207.2       61.8       90.0       28.0
  General and administrative.............................................      373.9       37.6       50.5       37.1
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total operating expenses.............................................      642.3      160.1      277.0      124.9
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Loss from operations.....................................................     (627.9)    (143.1)    (259.2)    (108.3)
  Interest income, net...................................................        7.2        2.1        4.1        2.6
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net loss.................................................................     (620.7)%    (141.0)%    (255.1)%    (105.7)%
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                           ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
    SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1998
 
   
    SALES.  The Company derives its revenue primarily from sales of third-party
software. The Company recognizes revenue from the sale of software products upon
delivery through ESD or shipment of the physical product to the end-user. Sales
are comprised of the gross selling price of software sold by the Company, net of
estimated returns, plus any outbound shipping and handling charges, as well as
gross revenue generated by certain merchandising activities. The Company bears
credit risk with respect to substantially all sales. Sales increased from
$461,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1997 to $5.7 million for the six
months ended June 30, 1998 primarily as a result of significant growth in the
number of the Company's software publisher and online retailer clients as well
as increasing market acceptance of ESD. International sales represented
approximately 31% and 33% of sales for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and
1998, respectively.
    
 
    GROSS PROFIT.  Cost of sales consists primarily of the amount payable to the
software publishers and online retailers for product sold to the end-user and
outbound and inbound shipping and distribution costs for physical product. Cost
of sales increased from $379,000 in the six months ended June 30, 1997 to $4.8
million in the six months ended June 30, 1998, reflecting the Company's growth
in sales. The Company's gross profit margin decreased from 17.8% in the six
months ended June 30, 1997 to 16.6% in the six months ended June 30, 1998, as a
result of the addition of certain lower margin software publisher clients during
the second half of 1997. The Company has historically generated higher gross
margins on sales through online retailer client Web stores compared to sales
through software publisher client Web
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
stores. There can be no assurance, however, that the Company will continue to
generate higher gross margins on sales through online retailer client Web
stores. In each of the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1998, less than 6% of
the Company's sales were generated through online retailer client Web stores.
The Company expects that an increasing percentage of its sales will be generated
through online retailers. The Company believes that Internet commerce and
related services will become more competitive in the near future. Accordingly,
the Company may reduce or alter its pricing structure and policies in the future
and any such change would reduce gross margins.
 
   
    SALES AND MARKETING.  Sales and marketing expense consists primarily of
personnel and related expenses, advertising and promotional expenses, bad debt
expense and credit card transaction fees. Sales and marketing expense increased
from $629,000 in the six months ended June 30, 1997 to $3.4 million in the six
months ended June 30, 1998. The increase resulted from expanding the sales and
marketing infrastructure required to increase the number of and provide support
to software publisher and online retailer clients. The primary components of
this increase were an increase in advertising and marketing expenditures of $1.4
million and an increase in wages and benefits of $576,000. As a percentage of
sales, sales and marketing expense decreased from 136.5% in the six months ended
June 30, 1997 to 59.8% in the six months ended June 30, 1998, primarily
reflecting the Company's growth in sales. The Company expects that sales and
marketing expense will continue to increase in absolute dollars as the Company
continues to build its sales and marketing infrastructure and to develop
marketing programs.
    
 
    PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT AND OPERATIONS.  Product development and operations
expense consists primarily of personnel and related expenses and consulting
associated with developing, enhancing and maintaining the Company's CNS and
related facilities, internal systems and telecommunications infrastructure as
well as customer service. Product development and operations expense increased
from $415,000 in the six months ended June 30, 1997 to $1.6 million in the six
months ended June 30, 1998. The increase was primarily related to increased
personnel and consulting costs related to developing, enhancing and maintaining
the Company's CNS and related facilities. The primary components of this
increase were an increase in wages and benefits of $604,000 and an increase in
consulting costs of $139,000. As a percentage of sales, product development and
operations expense decreased from 90.0% in the six months ended June 30, 1997 to
28.0% in the six months ended June 30, 1998, primarily reflecting the Company's
growth in sales. The Company believes that continued investment in product
development and operations is critical to attaining its strategic objectives
and, and as a result, expects product development and operations expenses will
continue to increase in absolute dollars. As a percentage of sales, these
expenses are expected to decrease as sales increase.
 
   
    GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE.  General and administrative expense consists
principally of executive, accounting and administrative personnel and related
expenses, including deferred compensation expense, professional fees, and
recruiting expense. General and administrative expense increased from $233,000
in the six months ended June 30, 1997 to $2.1 million in the six months ended
June 30, 1998. The increase was due to increased personnel and related expenses
and increased professional fees. The primary components of this increase were an
increase in deferred compensation expense of $1.4 million and an increase in
wages and benefits of $237,000. As a percentage of sales, general and
administrative expense decreased from 50.5% in the three months ended June 30,
1997 to 37.1% in the six months ended June 30, 1998, primarily reflecting the
Company's growth in sales. The Company expects general and administrative
expense, excluding the impact of deferred compensation expense, to increase in
absolute dollars in the future, particularly as the Company continues to build
infrastructure to support growth and incurs costs associated with being a public
company. As a percentage of sales, these expenses are expected to decrease as
sales increase.
    
 
    INTEREST INCOME, NET.  Interest income consists of earnings on the Company's
cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, net of interest expense.
Interest income increased from $19,000 in the six months ended June 30, 1997 to
$150,000 in six months ended June 30, 1998. The increase was attributable
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
to interest received on higher average cash and cash equivalent balances. The
Company expects interest income to increase as a result of the net proceeds from
this offering.
 
    INCOME TAXES.  The Company paid no income taxes in the six months ended June
30, 1997 or the six months ended June 30, 1998. The Company has incurred a net
loss for each period since inception. As of June 30, 1998, the Company had
approximately $8.7 million of net operating loss carryforwards for federal
income tax purposes, which expire beginning in 2009. Due to the uncertainty of
future profitability, a valuation allowance equal to the deferred tax asset has
been recorded. Certain changes in ownership resulting from the sales of Common
Stock will limit the future annual realization of the tax net operating loss
carryforwards to a specified percentage of the Company under Section 382 of the
Internal Revenue Code.
 
    YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1996 AND 1997
 
    SALES.  The Company had no sales in 1995, as it was still developing its
technology related to electronic commerce. The Company's sales increased from
$111,000 for the year ended December 31, 1996 to $2.5 million for the year ended
December 31, 1997 as a result of significant growth in the number of the
Company's software publisher and online retailer clients as well as the
increasing market acceptance of ESD. International sales accounted for 32% and
31% of total sales in the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively.
 
    GROSS PROFIT.  Cost of sales increased substantially during 1997, reflecting
the Company's growth in sales. The Company's gross margin increased from 14.4%
for the year ended December 31, 1996 to 17.0% for the year ended December 31,
1997.
 
    SALES AND MARKETING.  Sales and marketing expense increased from $3,000 to
$68,000 to $1.5 million for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997,
respectively, resulting from additional sales and marketing personnel and
related expenses, increased advertising and promotional expense, increased bad
debt expense and increased credit card transaction fees due to the increased
sales. The primary components of the increase from 1996 to 1997 were an increase
in wages and benefits of $799,000 and an increase in advertising and marketing
expenditures of $315,000. As a percentage of sales, sales and marketing expense
decreased from 61.2% in the year ended December 31, 1996 to 60.7% for the year
ended December 31, 1997, primarily reflecting the Company's growth in sales.
 
    PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT AND OPERATIONS.  Product development and operations
expense increased from $130,000 to $230,000 to $1.5 million for the years ended
December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997, respectively. The increase was primarily
related to increased personnel and consulting costs related to developing,
enhancing and maintaining the Company's CNS and related facilities. The primary
components of the increase from 1996 to 1997 were an increase in wages and
benefits of $653,000 and an increase in consulting costs of $233,000. As a
percentage of sales, product development and operations expense decreased from
207.2% in the year ended December 31, 1996 to 61.8% for the year ended December
31, 1997, primarily reflecting the Company's growth in sales.
 
    GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE.  General and administrative expense increased
from $32,000 to $415,000 to $929,000, for the years ended December 31, 1995,
1996 and 1997, respectively, primarily due to increased personnel related
expense and professional fees. As a percentage of sales, general and
administrative expense decreased from 373.9% in the year ended December 31, 1996
to 37.6% for the year ended December 31, 1997, primarily reflecting the
Company's growth in sales.
 
    INTEREST INCOME, NET.  Interest income decreased from $22,000 to $8,000 and
increased to $53,000 for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997,
respectively, resulting from changes in average cash and cash equivalent
balances.
 
    INCOME TAXES.  The Company paid no income taxes in the years ended December
31, 1995, 1996 and 1997.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The following tables set forth certain unaudited consolidated quarterly
statement of operations data for the eight quarters ended June 30, 1998. In the
opinion of management, this information has been prepared substantially on the
same basis as the audited Consolidated Financial Statements appearing elsewhere
in this Prospectus, and all necessary adjustments, consisting only of normal
recurring adjustments, have been included in the amounts stated below to present
fairly the unaudited consolidated quarterly results of operations. The
consolidated quarterly data should be read in conjunction with the audited
Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company and the Notes thereto appearing
elsewhere in this Prospectus. The results of operations for any quarter are not
necessarily indicative of the results of operations for any future period.
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                   ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   SEPTEMBER 30,   DECEMBER 31,   MARCH 31,   JUNE 30,   SEPTEMBER 30,   DECEMBER 31,   MARCH 31,
                                       1996            1996         1997        1997         1997            1997         1998
                                   -------------   ------------   ---------   --------   -------------   ------------   ---------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS, UNAUDITED)
<S>                                <C>             <C>            <C>         <C>        <C>             <C>            <C>
Sales............................      $  25          $  86         $ 179      $ 282        $   683        $ 1,328       $ 2,270
Cost of sales....................         21             74           147        232            561          1,112         1,896
                                       -----          -----       ---------   --------   -------------   ------------   ---------
  Gross profit...................          4             12            32         50            122            216           374
Operating expenses:
  Sales and marketing............         25             38           270        359            246            626         1,060
  Product development and
    operations...................         55            118           169        246            530            583           703
  General and administrative.....        112            241            81        152            294            402           208
                                       -----          -----       ---------   --------   -------------   ------------   ---------
    Total operating expenses.....        192            397           520        757          1,070          1,611         1,971
                                       -----          -----       ---------   --------   -------------   ------------   ---------
Loss from operations.............       (188)          (385)         (488)      (707)          (948)        (1,395)       (1,597)
  Interest income, net...........          3              1             8         11             26              8            42
                                       -----          -----       ---------   --------   -------------   ------------   ---------
Net loss.........................      $(185)         $(384)        $(480)     $(696)       $  (922)       $(1,387)      $(1,555)
                                       -----          -----       ---------   --------   -------------   ------------   ---------
                                       -----          -----       ---------   --------   -------------   ------------   ---------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                   JUNE 30,
                                     1998
                                   ---------
 
<S>                                <C>
Sales............................   $ 3,476
Cost of sales....................     2,895
                                   ---------
  Gross profit...................       581
Operating expenses:
  Sales and marketing............     2,373
  Product development and
    operations...................       908
  General and administrative.....     1,924
                                   ---------
    Total operating expenses.....     5,205
                                   ---------
Loss from operations.............    (4,624)
  Interest income, net...........       108
                                   ---------
Net loss.........................   $(4,516)
                                   ---------
                                   ---------
</TABLE>
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                   ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   SEPTEMBER 30,   DECEMBER 31,   MARCH 31,   JUNE 30,   SEPTEMBER 30,   DECEMBER 31,   MARCH 31,
                                       1996            1996         1997        1997         1997            1997         1998
                                   -------------   ------------   ---------   --------   -------------   ------------   ---------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS, UNAUDITED)
<S>                                <C>             <C>            <C>         <C>        <C>             <C>            <C>
Sales............................       100.0%         100.0%        100.0%     100.0%        100.0%         100.0%        100.0%
Cost of sales....................        84.0           86.0          82.1       82.3          82.1           83.7          83.5
                                   -------------   ------------   ---------   --------   -------------   ------------   ---------
  Gross profit...................        16.0           14.0          17.9       17.7          17.9           16.3          16.5
Operating expenses:
  Sales and marketing............       100.0           44.2         150.8      127.3          36.0           47.1          46.7
  Product development and
    operations...................       220.0          137.2          94.4       87.2          77.7           43.9          31.0
  General and administrative.....       448.0          280.2          45.3       53.9          43.0           30.3           9.2
                                   -------------   ------------   ---------   --------   -------------   ------------   ---------
    Total operating expenses.....       768.0          461.6         290.5      268.4         156.7          121.3          86.9
                                   -------------   ------------   ---------   --------   -------------   ------------   ---------
Loss from operations.............      (752.0)        (447.6)       (272.6)    (250.7)       (138.8)        (105.0)        (70.4)
  Interest income, net...........        12.0            1.1           4.4        3.9           3.8            0.6           1.9
                                   -------------   ------------   ---------   --------   -------------   ------------   ---------
Net loss.........................      (740.0)%       (446.5)%      (268.2)%   (246.8)%      (135.0)%       (104.4)%       (68.5)%
                                   -------------   ------------   ---------   --------   -------------   ------------   ---------
                                   -------------   ------------   ---------   --------   -------------   ------------   ---------
 
<CAPTION>
 
                                   JUNE 30,
                                     1998
                                   ---------
 
<S>                                <C>
Sales............................     100.0%
Cost of sales....................      83.3
                                   ---------
  Gross profit...................      16.7
Operating expenses:
  Sales and marketing............      68.2
  Product development and
    operations...................      26.1
  General and administrative.....      55.4
                                   ---------
    Total operating expenses.....     149.7
                                   ---------
Loss from operations.............    (133.0)
  Interest income, net...........       3.1
                                   ---------
Net loss.........................    (129.9)%
                                   ---------
                                   ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
    The Company's sales increased in each of the quarters presented as a result
of an increase in the number of the Company's software publisher and online
retailer clients as well as an increase in the market acceptance of ESD. Most
operating expense categories generally increased in absolute dollars over the
quarters presented, reflecting the increased spending on personnel and related
expenses, advertising and marketing, and developing, enhancing and maintaining
the Company's CNS and related facilities. Gross margin for the three months
ended December 31, 1997, March 31, 1998 and June 30, 1998 were lower than gross
margins in the first nine months of 1997 primarily as a result of the addition
of certain lower margin software publisher clients. Sales and marketing expenses
for the three months ended September 30, 1997 were lower than the generally
increasing quarter to quarter trend, primarily as a result of reduced
advertising and promotional expenses. General and administrative expenses have
varied widely in the periods indicated due to the timing and amounts of
professional fees, transactions costs and deferred compensation expense.
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
   
    The Company's quarterly and annual operating results are likely to fluctuate
significantly in the future due to a variety of factors, many of which are
outside the Company's control. Factors that will influence the Company's
operating results include: (i) the Company's ability to retain existing software
publishers and online retailers as clients, to attract new software publishers
and online retailers as clients at a steady rate and to maintain software
publisher, online retailer and end-user satisfaction; (ii) the announcement or
introduction of new Web sites, Web stores, services and products by the Company
and its competitors; (iii) price competition and margin erosion; (iv) the level
of use of the Internet and consumer acceptance of the Internet for the purchase
of consumer products such as those offered by the Company; (v) the Company's
ability to upgrade and develop its systems and infrastructure, in particular its
CNS; (vi) the termination of any strategic accounts such as Corel Corporation,
from which the Company derives a significant portion of its sales; (vii)
technical difficulties or system downtime; (viii) the Company's ability to
attract new personnel in a timely and effective manner; (ix) the mix of sales
generated through software publisher client Web stores compared to online
retailer Web stores; (x) the failure of Internet bandwidth to increase over time
and/or an increase in the cost to end-users of obtaining or utilizing Internet
bandwidth; (xi) the amount and timing of operating costs and capital
expenditures relating to expansion of the Company's business, operations and
infrastructure; (xii) certain U.S. and foreign government regulations; and
(xiii) economic conditions specific to the Internet and electronic commerce that
would result in the Internet not becoming a viable commercial marketplace. The
Company also may, as inducement to obtain certain strategic contracts, offer
favorable pricing terms to software publishers and online retailers which will
reduce its gross margins. As a result, the Company believes that it will
continue to incur operating losses in the future. Due to the foregoing factors,
the Company's annual or quarterly operating results may fall below the
expectations of securities analysts and investors. In such event, the trading
price of the Common Stock would likely be materially adversely affected.
    
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    Since inception, the Company has financed its operations primarily through
the private placement of equity securities, which yielded an aggregate of $19.3
million of net proceeds through June 30, 1998.
 
    Net cash used in operating activities in the years ended December 31, 1995,
1996 and 1997 and in the six months ended June 30, 1998 was $142,000, $409,000,
$2.6 million and $3.4 million, respectively. Net cash used for operating
activities in each of these periods was primarily the result of net losses,
offset in part by increases in accounts payable, accrued expenses and non-cash
expenses.
 
    Net cash used in investing activities in the years ended December 31, 1995,
1996 and 1997 and the six months ended June 30, 1998 was $50,000, $133,000,
$984,000 and $6.5 million, respectively. Net cash used in investing activities
in each of these periods was related to the purchases of property and equipment
and patent acquisition costs and the purchase of short-term investments in 1998.
The property and equipment purchased consisted primarily of computer hardware
and software.
 
    Net cash provided by financing activities in the years ended December 31,
1995, 1996 and 1997 and in the six months ended June 30, 1998 was $0, $855,000,
$4.9 million and $12.6 million, respectively. The cash provided by financing
activities was the result of proceeds from the sale of convertible debentures
(subsequently converted into shares of Common Stock), sales of the Company's
Common Stock in 1996, 1997 and in the first six months of 1998 and the sale of
the Company's Series A Preferred Stock in April 1998.
 
    As of June 30, 1998 the Company had approximately $4.8 million of cash and
cash equivalents and $4.9 million of short-term investments. The Company's
principal commitments consisted of obligations outstanding under operating
leases. Although the Company has no material commitments for capital
expenditures, it anticipates an increase in the rate of capital expenditures
consistent with its anticipated growth in operations, infrastructure and
personnel. The Company anticipates that it will expend approximately $3.0
million over the next 24 months on capital expenditures based on the Company's
current anticipated growth rate. The Company anticipates that it will continue
to add computer hardware resources, deploy additional commerce servers
worldwide, and relocate its primary office facility during the
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
next twelve months. The Company further anticipates that it will expend
approximately $6.0 million over the next 24 months on product development based
on the Company's current anticipated growth rate in operations. There can be no
assurance, however that the Company's growth rate will continue at current
levels or that it will meet the Company's current expectations. The Company may
also use cash to acquire or license technology, products or businesses related
to the Company's current business. The Company also anticipates that it will
continue to experience significant growth in its operating expenses for the
foreseeable future and that its operating expenses will be a material use of the
Company's cash resources.
 
    The Company believes that the net proceeds from this offering, together with
existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to meet its anticipated
cash needs for working capital and capital expenditures for at least the next
twenty-four months, although the Company may seek to raise additional capital
during that period. The sale of additional equity or convertible debt securities
could result in additional dilution to the Company's stockholders. There can be
no assurance that financing will be available in amounts or on terms acceptable
to The Company, if at all. See "Risk Factors--Future Capital Needs; Uncertainty
of Additional Funding."
 
YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE
 
    The Company uses a significant number of computer software programs and
operating systems in its internal operations. The use of computer programs that
rely on two-digit date programs to perform computations and decision-making
functions may cause computer systems to malfunction in the year 2000 and lead to
significant business delays and disruptions. While the Company believes that the
software applications that it uses or has developed are year 2000 compliant, to
the extent that any of these software applications contain source code that is
unable to appropriately interpret the upcoming calendar year 2000, some level of
modification or possible replacement of such source code or applications will be
necessary. The Company has analyzed the software applications that it uses or
has developed and, as a result, the Company at this time does not anticipate any
significant expense in ensuring that they are year 2000 compliant. However,
until the year 2000 arrives, the Company cannot be absolutely certain that its
analysis is correct. The Company is currently unable to predict the extent to
which the year 2000 issue will affect its clients or suppliers, or the extent to
which it would be vulnerable to any failure by clients or suppliers to remediate
any year 2000 issues on a timely basis. The failure of a major client or
supplier subject to the year 2000 to convert its systems on a timely basis or a
conversion that is incompatible with the Company's systems could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations. In addition the Company's business, financial condition and results
of operations may be materially adversely affected to the extent its end-users
are unable to use their credit cards due to year 2000 issues that are not
rectified by their credit card vendors.
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
    Digital River is a leading provider of comprehensive electronic commerce
outsourcing solutions to software publishers and online retailers. The Company
has developed a technology platform that allows it to provide a suite of
electronic commerce services to its software publisher and online retailer
clients, including ESD. The Company also provides data mining and merchandising
services to assist clients in increasing Internet page view traffic to, and
sales through, their Web stores. Rather than maintaining its own branded Web
store that would compete with its clients, Digital River provides an outsourcing
solution that allows its clients to promote their own brands while leveraging
Digital River's investment in infrastructure and technology. As of June 30,
1998, the Company had contracts with 1,122 software publisher clients and 346
online retailer clients, including Corel Corporation, Cyberian Outpost, Inc.,
Lotus Development Corporation, Micro Warehouse, Inc., Network Associates, Inc.
and Symantec Corporation, and maintained a database of more than 123,000
software products from its various software publisher clients, including more
than 18,000 software titles and more than 105,000 digital images and fonts.
Through June 30, 1998, the Company had completed more than 172,000 transactions
for more than 124,000 unique end-users.
 
    Digital River's proprietary CNS technology serves as the platform for the
Company's solutions. The CNS incorporates custom software applications that
enable ESD, Web store authoring, fraud prevention, export control, merchandising
programs and online registration, and features a database of more than 123,000
software products. Using its CNS platform, the Company creates Web stores for
its clients that replicate the look and feel of such clients' own Web sites.
End-users can browse for products and make purchases online, and, once purchases
are made, the Company delivers the products directly to the end-user, primarily
through ESD. The Company also provides transaction processing services and
collects and maintains critical information about end-users. This information
can later be used by the Company's clients to facilitate add-on or upgrade sales
and for other direct marketing purposes. The Company actively manages direct
marketing campaigns for its clients, and also delivers purchase information and
Web store traffic statistics to its clients on a regular basis.
 
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
 
    GROWTH OF THE INTERNET AND ELECTRONIC COMMERCE.
 
    The Internet has emerged as a significant global communications medium,
enabling millions of people to share information and conduct business
electronically. A number of factors have contributed to the growth of the
Internet and its commercial use, including: (i) the large and growing installed
base of personal computers in homes and businesses; (ii) improvements in network
infrastructure and bandwidth; (iii) easier and cheaper access to the Internet;
(iv) increased awareness of the Internet among consumer and business users; and
(v) the rapidly expanding availability of online content and commerce which
increases the value to users of being connected to the Internet. According to
International Data Corporation ("IDC"), the number of Internet users worldwide
will grow from an estimated 69 million at the end of 1997 to an estimated 320
million by 2002.
 
    The increasing functionality, accessibility and overall usage of the
Internet have made it an attractive commercial medium. Online retailers can
interact directly with end-users and can frequently adjust their featured
selections, shopping interfaces and pricing. The ability to reach and serve a
large and global group of end-users electronically from a central location and
the potential for personalized low-cost customer interaction provide additional
economic benefits for online retailers. Unlike traditional retail channels,
online retailers do not have the burdensome costs of managing and maintaining a
significant physical retail store infrastructure or the continuous printing and
mailing costs of catalog marketing. Because of these advantages, online
retailers have the potential to build large, global customer bases quickly and
to achieve superior economic returns over the long term. An increasingly broad
base of products is being sold successfully online, including computers, travel
services, brokerage services, automobiles and music, as well as software
products. IDC estimates that the total value of goods and services purchased
over the Web worldwide will increase from an estimated $12.4 billion in 1997 to
an estimated $133.0 billion in 2000.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
    THE RETAIL SOFTWARE MARKET.
 
    The Company believes that the market for retail software is large and will
continue to grow. According to the Software Publishers Association, sales of PC
applications software in the United States and Canada reached $10.6 billion in
1996. The traditional channels for the retail sale of software products are
highly fragmented and include regional and national superstore retail chains,
catalog companies and small single location stores. The superstores and catalog
companies carry hundreds to thousands of software products, while the single
location stores generally carry only a limited number.
 
    Traditional sales channels have inherent limitations and disadvantages for
software publishers, retailers and end-users. A significant limitation of
physical retail stores is the limited amount of available shelf space. As a
result, competition for shelf space is intense, and often only the major
software publishers are able to effectively distribute their software products.
Even these publishers usually cannot offer their total available product
offerings in retail stores. In addition, software publishers typically must
grant generous rights of return because of the high cost of inventory and the
risk of inventory obsolescence. As a result, software publishers effectively
bear the risk of any difference between projected and actual sales, creating
uncertainty as to future sales and revenue recognition risks. Physical retailers
must also make significant investments in real estate, personnel and
inventories. Similarly, direct mail distribution is constrained by practical
catalog size limitations, which restrict both the number of products and the
information about those products that can be included in a catalog. Direct mail
distribution also involves printing expenses, mailing costs, inherent delays in
reacting to price and product changes and low response rates. With both physical
retail and direct mail distribution, there is a significant lead time between
the development or upgrading of software and its introduction into the market.
Finally, traditional sales channels are typically characterized by low end-user
registration rates, and provide software publishers little information on end-
user behavior, demographics and product demand.
 
    ADVANTAGES OF ESD.
 
   
    The Internet provides a compelling solution that addresses many of the
limitations of traditional distribution methods. The Internet is particularly
well-suited for the distribution of most software because software products can
be purchased and delivered quickly, conveniently and cost-effectively to an end-
user's home or office computer through ESD. The Company believes that ESD is an
effective means of delivery today for most software applications. Although
current Internet bandwidth restrictions currently render ESD less effective as a
means of delivery for large software applications (delivery of software
applications of greater than 10 megabytes can be impractical at slower modem
speeds), the Company believes that as Internet bandwidth increases, ESD will
become increasingly attractive even for such software titles. Accordingly, the
Company believes that ESD will represent an increasing share of online software
sales and will be critical to online retailers' success. In addition, unlike
physical retail stores or catalogs, shelf space on the Internet is virtually
unlimited, enabling software publishers to offer the full range of their
software products. ESD significantly reduces or eliminates many of the costs in
the distribution chain, including manufacturing, packaging, shipping and
warehousing costs, such as costs related to returns and inventory management.
    
 
    OPPORTUNITY FOR ELECTRONIC COMMERCE OUTSOURCING.
 
   
    The Company believes that the market for software sales online continues to
grow rapidly. Jupiter Communications, LLC estimates that the market for software
sales online will increase from an estimated $69 million in 1997 to an estimated
$2.3 billion by 2002. However, unlike established physical distribution channels
for shrink-wrapped software, there is currently no established, comprehensive
electronic distribution source for online retailers. The Company believes that
the distribution of software products via ESD is complex and requires up-front
and ongoing investments in secure, reliable and scaleable systems. Accordingly,
the Company believes that a substantial market opportunity exists for a
comprehensive, cost-effective, outsourced electronic commerce solution that
provides software publishers and online retailers with access to a critical mass
of software products and a robust distribution and transaction network.
    
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
THE DIGITAL RIVER SOLUTION
 
    The Company has developed a technology platform that enables it to provide a
comprehensive suite of electronic commerce services to its software publisher
and online retailer clients, including ESD. The Company also leverages its
merchandising expertise to increase traffic and sales for its clients. Rather
than maintaining its own branded Web store that would compete with its clients,
Digital River provides an outsourcing solution for ESD and merchandising
services that enables its clients to promote their own brands while leveraging
Digital River's investment in infrastructure. In addition, this approach enables
Digital River to leverage its clients' brand investments and the traffic at its
clients' sites to maximize the number of transactions completed through Digital
River.
 
    The following illustrates the process through which an end-user purchases
software products from a client using the Company's CNS technology platform:
 
                                   [GRAPHIC]
 
               PICTORIAL FLOWCHART DEPICTING A PURCHASE OF
               SOFTWARE THROUGH THE COMPANY'S CENTRAL NETWORK
               SERVER ("CNS"), SHOWING THE TRANSACTION PROCESSING
               AND OTHER VALUE-ADDED SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE
               COMPANY.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
    BENEFITS TO SOFTWARE PUBLISHERS.  The Company's electronic commerce solution
enables software publishers to offer the complete library of their software
products directly to end-users from their Web stores and through the Company's
network of online retailers. This benefit is particularly significant for
smaller software publishers who have limited market access through traditional
distribution methods. The Company's solution also provides major software
publishers a channel for their underdistributed products permitting them to
offer online their complete product catalog. In addition, through its 100%
end-user registration and data warehousing, Digital River provides software
publishers with valuable end-user information that can facilitate targeted
marketing, upgrade notification and sophisticated merchandising strategies.
Finally, by exploiting the distribution relationships Digital River has
developed with a large network of online retailers, software publishers can
reduce or eliminate the need for multiple retailer relationships, thereby
lowering administrative costs and reducing the number of master copies of their
software in existence for distribution.
 
    BENEFITS TO ONLINE RETAILERS.  Online retailers can use Digital River's
robust CNS technology to sell software products online, without having to build
and maintain their own electronic commerce infrastructure. In addition, Digital
River enables online retailers to offer their end-users access to virtually all
of Digital River's inventory of more than 123,000 software products, without the
burden of developing and maintaining relationships with hundreds of software
publishers. Like software publishers, online retailers enjoy the cost savings
from online fulfillment and the database marketing benefits offered by Digital
River. Online retailers can effectively outsource electronic commerce
functionality while building their own brands online. Online retailers also
eliminate the cost and risk associated with carrying inventory and the risk of
inventory obsolescence. The Company also allows niche market and high traffic
Web sites to become online retailers at minimal cost.
 
    BENEFITS TO END-USERS.  Digital River's solution emphasizes convenience by
allowing end-users to purchase and receive software products online distributed
through ESD twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week ("24x7"), from their home
or office. End-users are not required to make a trip to the store, can act
immediately on a purchase impulse, and can locate software products that are
difficult to find. Because Digital River has a global reach, it can deliver an
extremely broad selection to end-users in rural, international or other
locations that cannot support retail stores. Software products purchased online
can either be quickly and conveniently downloaded and installed through ESD or
delivered physically. Using the Company's sophisticated search engine
technology, end-users visiting retailers' online Web stores can access virtually
all of Digital River's inventory of more than 123,000 software products.
End-users also benefit from the protection of Digital River's archiving service,
through which the Company guarantees replacement of software in the event of
accidental destruction through computer error or malfunction. End-users also
benefit from Digital River's 24x7 ESD support and readily available upgrades.
 
STRATEGY
 
    The Company's objective is to become the leading provider of comprehensive
electronic commerce outsourcing solutions to software publishers and online
retailers. The Company intends to achieve its objective through the following
key strategies:
 
    DEVELOP AND EXPAND RELATIONSHIPS WITH SOFTWARE PUBLISHERS.  The Company
plans to continue to build its inventory of software products through additional
contractual relationships with software publishers. As of June 30, 1998, the
Company had signed contracts with 1,122 software publishers, representing more
than 123,000 software products and 870 Web stores. The Company believes that its
ability to develop Web hosting relationships with its software publisher clients
increases its reach to end-users and provides the basis for a long term
relationship with its software publisher clients. The Company further believes
that the large number of software products offered by the Company from its
software publisher clients will be critical to the Company's ability to deliver
a compelling inventory of products to online retailer clients.
 
    AGGRESSIVELY EXPAND NETWORK OF ONLINE RETAILERS.  The Company believes that
by increasing the number of points of entry to its CNS, Digital River will
increase the number of transactions over its
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
network. Accordingly, in addition to expanding and developing relationships with
software publishers, the Company seeks to expand aggressively its network of
online retailer clients. Online retailer clients include traditional store-based
and mail order retailers with a Web presence, online retailers dedicated to
online commerce, as well as high traffic or niche Web site operators desiring to
add electronic commerce functionality. The Company had contracts with 346 online
retailers as of June 30, 1998. The Company's model enables it to leverage its
clients' marketing resources to direct traffic to its software distribution
network. The Company expects online retailers to represent an increasing
percentage of its sales.
 
    PROVIDE COMPLEMENTARY SOLUTIONS.  Digital River intends to continue to be a
neutral provider of cost-effective outsourcing solutions that complement the
business models of its software publisher and online retailer clients. The
Company does not maintain its own branded Web store. Instead, the Company
provides an outsourcing solution that enables its clients to promote their own
brands while leveraging Digital River's investment in infrastructure and
technology. Digital River therefore leverages its clients' investments in their
brands to generate sales. The Company may co-invest with its clients from time
to time to help drive traffic to its clients' Web stores and to Digital
River-assisted transactions.
 
    PROVIDE CLIENTS VALUE-ADDED SERVICES.  The Company believes its growing data
warehouse of end-user purchasing information provides it with a powerful tool to
assist clients with value-added services, such as targeted advertising,
promotions and direct response merchandising. The Company offers merchandising
and marketing programs, customer support and communications programs,
advertising placement services, and Web store design services. The Company
intends to continue to expand its programs and believes that these programs help
build stronger partnerships with its software publisher and online retailers,
while enabling its clients to increase sales of software on their sites.
 
    MAINTAIN TECHNOLOGY LEADERSHIP.  The Company believes that its CNS
technology has given it a competitive advantage in the market for ESD
outsourcing solutions. The Company will continue to invest in and enhance its
CNS technology in order to increase redundancy, reliability and bandwidth, to
expand services and to reduce costs. By leveraging its fixed-cost
infrastructure, Digital River will improve its ability to provide low cost, high
value services to its clients while utilizing the latest technology.
 
    EXPAND INTERNATIONALLY.  Digital River will continue to expand
internationally to gain access to additional software publishers, online
retailers and end-users. The Company intends to replicate its domestic strategy
by building its inventory of international and foreign language software
products and expanding its distribution through software publishers and online
retailers. The Company believes that significant opportunities exist
internationally to increase sales and to further leverage its scaleable
infrastructure.
 
SERVICES
 
    The Company provides a broad range of services to its software publisher and
online retailer clients, including Web store hosting, ESD, physical fulfillment
and merchandising services.
 
    WEB STORE HOSTING.  The Company hosts the Web stores for all of its online
retailer clients and for those software publisher clients that choose this
option. The Company's outsourcing solution is mission-critical for many of its
software publisher and online retailer clients. Therefore, the Company has a
data center that is designed to provide its clients with the performance they
require for continuous Web store operations. The data center features redundant,
high speed connections to the Internet, 24x7 security and monitoring, back-up
generators and dedicated power.
 
    Digital River can quickly and efficiently create Web stores for its clients,
which can be accessed easily by clicking on a "buy button" on a client's
existing Web site. The end-user is then transferred to a Web store hosted on
Digital River's CNS, which replicates the look and feel of the client Web site.
The end-user can then shop for products and make purchases online. By
replicating the look and feel of its clients' Web sites, Digital River supports
clients in conducting electronic commerce under their own brands. Digital
River's solution allows clients to choose either ESD or physical delivery, and
clients also benefit from Digital River's 24x7 ESD customer support and
archiving services. The transaction information is captured
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
and added to Digital River's data warehouse. The Company's ability to retrieve
and manipulate this information creates a powerful data mining tool, which can
be used for targeted merchandising to end-users through e-mails, banner
presentations and special offers.
 
    ESD SERVICES.  The Company offers clients access to its ESD capabilities to
permit delivery of software products to an end-user's computer via the Internet.
ESD eliminates many of the costs that exist in the physical distribution chain,
such as manufacturing, packaging, shipping, warehousing and inventory carrying
and handling costs. Delivery is fulfilled when a copy is made from the master on
the Company's CNS and is then securely downloaded to the end-user via the
Internet. Digital River's ESD distribution model not only reduces costs, thereby
increasing margins available to software publishers and online retailers, but
also solves the shelf space problem constraining product availability and sales.
While most software publishers use the Company's Web hosting services, certain
software publishers use only the Company's ESD services, which provide them with
online distribution through the Company's extensive network of online retailers.
 
    PHYSICAL FULFILLMENT SERVICES.  In addition to distribution through ESD, the
Company offers clients physical distribution services. The Company maintains an
inventory of physical products, generally on consignment from its clients that
select this option, for shipment to end-users. The Company believes physical
fulfillment services are important to its ability to provide a comprehensive
electronic commerce outsourcing solution.
 
    MERCHANDISING SERVICES.  The Company offers a range of merchandising
services to its clients to help them drive additional traffic to their Web
stores. Software publisher and online retailer clients are provided with
detailed electronic and hard copy reports of transactions on their Web stores,
as well as end-user marketing information about visits to their Web stores. The
CNS captures Web page visits, banner and pricing information and other data that
can be used by the software publishers and online retailers to analyze their Web
stores' success.
 
    The Company also offers advanced merchandising services to assist software
publishers and online retailers in increasing response rates for their marketing
efforts. These services include e-mail campaigns for special promotions, upgrade
notification programs, and the presentation of complementary products, bundled
products or other programs designed to increase average order size based on a
targeted end-user profile. The Company participates in co-op dollar and market
development fund programs with its clients and buys selected banner placements
in bulk to support clients' promotional campaigns. In addition, Digital River
tests and analyzes merchandising techniques, such as promotional pricing and
banner advertising, based on information gathered in the CNS data warehouse.
 
CLIENTS
 
    The Company distributes software products through a network of software
publishers and online retailers. Online retailer clients include traditional
store-based and direct mail retailers with a Web presence, online retailers
dedicated to online commerce, as well as high traffic or niche Web site
operators desiring to add electronic commerce functionality. In a typical online
retailer contract, the Company is responsible for (i) a payment to the online
retailer based on a percentage of net sales of software products that the
Company distributes through the online retailer's Web site, (ii) the processing
of payments made by end-users, (iii) the delivery of the software products to
end-users, (iv) the payment of applicable credit card transaction fees, (v) the
payment and filing of applicable sales taxes and (vi) the distribution of a
report to the online retailer detailing sales activity processed by the Company.
The Company expects to support traditional physical retailers in developing
their online stores for the sale of software products online. While most
software publishers use the Company's Web hosting services, certain software
publishers use only the Company's ESD services, which provide them with online
distribution through the Company's extensive network of online retailers. In a
typical software publisher contract, the Company is responsible for (i) the
maintenance of master copies of software products in a secure format for
distribution to end-users, (ii) a payment to the software publisher for the cost
of software products that the
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
Company distributes through either a retailers' Web site or through the
publisher's host Web site, (iii) the processing of payments made by end-users,
(iv) the delivery of software products to end-users, (v) the payment of
applicable credit card transaction fees, (vi) the payment and filing of
applicable sales taxes and (vii) the distribution of a report to the software
publisher detailing sales activity processed by the Company.
 
    As of June 30, 1998, the Company had 1,122 contracts with software
publishers and 346 contracts with online retailers. Typically, there is some
delay between signing contracts and gathering the necessary materials to bring a
new client online. As of June 30, 1998, the Company had 920 software publishers
and 239 online retailers connected to its CNS. During the six-month period ended
June 30, 1998, the Company completed transactions for 787 software publishers
and 112 online retailers. The Company's clients include:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              SOFTWARE PUBLISHERS                      ONLINE RETAILERS
- ------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------
<S>                                               <C>
WEB HOSTING AND ESD SERVICES                      Babbage's, Etc. LLC
  Corel Corporation                               BuySafe, Inc.
  Dragon Systems, Inc.                            Channel MarketMakers
  Extensis Corporation                            Cyberian Outpost, Inc.
  JASC, Inc.                                      Damark International, Inc.
  Ulead Systems, Inc.                             Micro Warehouse, Inc.
                                                  Shopping.com
ESD SERVICES ONLY                                 Software Warehouse plc
  Cendant Corporation                             Planet Direct
  Lotus Development Corporation                   US WEST Internet
  Network Associates, Inc.
  QUALCOMM Incorporated
  Symantec Corporation
</TABLE>
 
    Revenues attributable to sales of software products of Corel Corporation
accounted for 18% and 15% of the Company's sales for the year ended December 31,
1997 and the six months ended June 30, 1998, respectively. Revenues attributable
to sales of software products of JASC, Inc. accounted for 10% of the Company's
sales for the six months ended June 30, 1998.
 
SALES AND MARKETING
 
    The Company markets its services directly to software publishers and online
retailers. The Company does not operate its own Web store because of its
strategy to serve as a neutral provider of electronic commerce outsourcing
solutions. This strategy allows the Company to avoid competing with its clients.
Generally, the Company's direct marketing to end-users focuses on supporting the
marketing and promotional efforts of its clients in driving traffic to their Web
stores. This direct marketing effort leverages the Company's extensive data
warehouse, which enables the Company to create and quickly implement marketing
programs targeted at specific end-user segments. By providing consistent quality
service, branding client order pages with its name and logo, billing credit card
transactions under the Digital River name and engaging in brand positioning,
advertising and promotion, the Company intends to establish the Digital River
brand as a trusted name for ESD and electronic commerce outsourcing solutions
among software publishers, online retailers and end-users.
 
   
    The Company's sales and marketing organization is divided into three groups:
the Strategic Sales Group, the Product Management Group and the Account
Development Group. The Strategic Sales Group focuses on large software
publishers and online retailers, including traditional physical retailers, with
significant online revenue potential. These sales are typically complex in
nature and involve a lengthy sales cycle. Contracts with these larger clients
often involve certain incentives, principally pricing concessions. The Company
makes decisions with respect to such contract incentives on a case by case
basis. The Product Management Group focuses on all other software publishers and
online retailers. Generally, these
    
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
sales involve a much shorter sales cycle, are managed primarily through a
telesales effort and result in the new client selecting one of the Company's
standard programs. The Account Development Group serves existing clients and
provides them with merchandising and database marketing assistance designed to
increase revenues. As of June 30, 1998, the Company had 28 employees engaged in
sales and marketing. See "Risk Factors--Client Concentration; Lengthy Sales
Cycle."
 
    The Company currently markets its services to clients via direct marketing,
print advertising, trade show participation and other media events. The Company
plans to increase its expenditures on direct marketing and print advertising, as
well as introducing online advertising efforts directed at potential clients.
 
TECHNOLOGY
 
    Digital River delivers its electronic commerce outsourcing solution using
its proprietary CNS technology, which enables the sale and distribution of
software products via the Internet.
 
    ARCHITECTURE.  The Company's scaleable CNS is designed to handle tens of
thousands of different Web stores and millions of software products. The CNS
consists of a pool of network servers and a proprietary software application
that serves dynamic Web pages using an Oracle database. The Company's CNS was
designed to scale to support growth by adding CPUs, memory, disk drives and
bandwidth without substantial changes to the application. The CNS software code
is written in modular layers, enabling the Company to quickly adapt in response
to industry changes, including bandwidth opportunities, payment processing
changes, international requirements for taxes and export screening, new
technologies such as Java, XML, DHTML, VRML, SET, banking procedures and
encryption technologies. The CNS product search system allows end-users to
search for items across millions of potential products and thousands of
categories specific to various product specifications, while maintaining a fast
page response that is acceptable to the end-user. The Company uses sophisticated
database indexing coupled with a dynamic cache system to provide flexibility and
speed. These caches help increase the overall speed of each page and facilitate
complex searches across the entire inventory of software products. The CNS has
also been designed to index, retrieve and manipulate all transactions that flow
through the system, including detailed commerce transaction and end-user
interaction data. This enables the Company to create proprietary market profiles
of each end-user and groups of end-users that can be used to create
merchandising campaigns. The Company's CNS is also used for internal purposes,
including reporting and maintenance for fraud detection and prevention, physical
shipping, return authorizations, back order processing and full transaction
auditing and reporting capabilities for all commerce functions.
 
    WEB STORE MAINTENANCE.  Clients' Web stores are built and maintained using
the CNS centralized management system. Global changes that affect all Web stores
or groups of Web stores can be made as easily as changes to an individual Web
store. Client Web stores include a main store and may optionally include several
"focus stores" and "channel sites" to which highly targeted traffic may be
routed. Clients may also link specific locations on their Web stores to detailed
product or category areas of the stores, in order to better target their
end-users' interests.
 
    SECURITY.  Digital River's security systems apply both to access to internal
systems and to illegal access to commerce data via the Internet. Internally,
logins and passwords are maintained for all systems, with additional logins,
passwords and IP access control granted on an individual basis to only the
required commerce areas the person is responsible for. Firewalls prevent
unauthorized access from outside. The Company relies on certain encryption and
authentication technology licensed from third parties to provide secure
transmission of confidential information, such as end-user credit card numbers.
Unix, Oracle and Web server security additionally restrict access from the
outside to the appropriate transaction data. The CNS security system is designed
not to interfere with the end-user experience. Product wrappers, clearing-house
processing, and additional password mechanisms that negatively impact ESD
performance are not needed. The CNS security system never allows direct access
to the clients' products and ensures that an
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
end-user requests ESD through a valid page and has purchased the product. See
"Risk Factors-- Electronic Commerce Security Risks."
 
    DATA CENTER OPERATIONS.  Continuous data center operations are crucial to
the Company's success. All transaction data is backed up periodically and all
inventory data is archived and kept in fireproof storage facilities. The
Company's network software constantly monitors clients' Web stores and internal
system functions and notifies systems engineers if any unexpected conditions
arise. The Company currently leases four T1 lines from multiple vendors and
maintains a policy of adding additional lines if more than 50% of its bandwidth
capacity is utilized. Accordingly, if one line fails the other lines are able to
assume the capacity of the failed line. The Company's data center is located in
a single location in Edina, Minnesota. The data center currently incorporates
redundant systems consisting of additional servers and arrays. The Company
currently has no automatic switchover, although it has plans to implement
further redundancy in the future. See "Risk Factors--Risk of Capacity
Constraints; Limited Redundant Systems; System Development Risks."
 
PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT
 
    Digital River's product development strategy is to enhance the technology
and features of its CNS. To this end, the Company has numerous development
projects in process including, but not limited to, recoverable downloading,
Internet optimization tools, end-user profiling and collaboration technologies
and online interactive customer service. Product development and operations
expenses (which include customer service, data center operations and
telecommunications infrastructure) were $130,000, $230,000, $1.5 million and
$1.6 million in 1995, 1996, 1997 and the first six months of 1998, respectively.
As of June 30, 1998, the Company employed 21 persons in product development.
 
    To remain competitive, the Company must continue to enhance and improve the
responsiveness, functionality and features of the CNS and the underlying network
infrastructure. The Internet and the online commerce industry are characterized
by rapid technological change, changes in user and client requirements and
preferences, frequent new product and service introductions embodying new
technologies and the emergence of new industry standards and practices that
could render the Company's existing CNS proprietary technology and systems
obsolete. The Company's success will depend, in part, on its ability to both
license and internally develop leading technologies useful in its business,
enhance its existing services, develop new services and technology that address
the increasingly sophisticated and varied needs of its clients, and respond to
technological advances and emerging industry standards and practices on a
cost-effective and timely basis. The development of the CNS technology and other
proprietary technology entails significant technical and business risks. There
can be no assurance that the Company will successfully use new technologies
effectively or adapt its proprietary technology and transaction-processing
systems to customer requirements or emerging industry standards. If the Company
is unable, for technical, legal, financial or other reasons, to adapt in a
timely manner to changing market conditions, client requirements or emerging
industry standards, its business, financial condition and results of operations
could be materially adversely affected. See "Risk Factors--Rapid Technological
Change."
 
COMPETITION
 
    The electronic commerce market is new, rapidly evolving and intensely
competitive, and the Company expects competition to intensify in the future,
particularly in the area of electronic sale and distribution of software
products. The Company currently competes directly with other providers of
electronic commerce solutions, including CyberSource Corporation, Preview
Software Corporation, Release Software Corporation and TechWave, Inc. The
Company also competes indirectly with software companies that offer tools and
services for electronic commerce, including companies that provide a broad range
of Internet and server solutions such as Microsoft Corporation and Netscape
Communications Corporation, as well as a large number of companies that provide
tools and services enabling one or more of the transaction processing functions
of electronic commerce, such as transaction control, data security, customer
interaction and database marketing. In addition to direct competition with other
transaction processing providers
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
and enablers and indirect competition with other providers of electronic
commerce software and systems, the Company also competes with companies that
sell and distribute software products via the Internet, including online
retailers such as CNET, Inc., Ingram Micro Inc. and software.net Corporation, as
well as companies such as AltaVista (a subsidiary of Digital Equipment
Corporation), America Online, Inc., Excite, Inc., Infoseek Corporation, Lycos,
Inc. and Yahoo! Inc., which specialize in electronic commerce or derive a
substantial portion of their revenues from electronic commerce and may
themselves offer, or provide means for others to offer, software products.
 
    The Company believes that the principal competitive factors in its market
are breadth of product offerings, software publisher and online retailer
relationships, brand recognition, system capacity, reliability, price,
selection, speed and accessibility, customer service, quality of site content,
convenience and speed of fulfillment. There can be no assurance that the online
retailers and the other companies listed above will not compete directly with
the Company by adopting a similar business model. Moreover, while certain of
these companies are also clients or potential clients of the Company, they may
compete with the Company's electronic commerce outsourcing solution to the
extent that they develop electronic commerce systems or acquire such systems
from other software vendors or service providers.
 
    Many of the Company's current and potential competitors have longer
operating histories, larger customer bases, greater brand recognition and
significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources than the Company.
In addition, larger, well-established and well-financed entities may acquire,
invest in or form joint ventures with online competitors as the use of the
Internet and other online services increases. In addition, new technologies and
the expansion of existing technologies, such as price comparison programs that
select specific titles from a variety of Internet Web sites may direct end-users
to online retailers that compete with the Company, which would increase
competitive pressures on the Company. Increased competition may result in
reduced operating margins, as well as a loss of market share. Further, as a
strategic response to changes in the competitive environment, the Company may
from time to time make certain pricing, service or marketing decisions or
acquisitions that could have a material adverse effect on its business,
financial condition and results of operations. There can be no assurance that
the Company will be able to compete successfully against current and future
competitors, and any inability to do so could have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
 
    The Company regards trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets and other
intellectual property as critical to its success, and relies on trademark, trade
secret protection and confidentiality and/or license agreements with its
employees, clients, partners and others to protect its proprietary rights. The
Company's policy is to seek to protect its proprietary position by, among other
methods, filing United States and foreign patent applications related to its
proprietary technology, inventions and improvements that are important to the
development of its business. Proprietary rights relating to the Company's
technologies will be protected from unauthorized use by third parties only to
the extent that they are covered by valid and enforceable patents or are
effectively maintained as trade secrets. While the Company currently has twelve
patent applications pending in the United States, none have yet been issued and
there can be no assurance that any pending patent applications now or hereafter
filed by, or licensed to, the Company will result in patents being issued. The
Company has filed certain petitions to correct certain fee deficiencies for its
pending patent applications and there can be no assurance that such petitions
can be granted or that the Company will elect to pursue these applications. In
addition, the laws of certain foreign countries do not protect the Company's
intellectual property rights to the same extent as do the laws of the United
States. The patent position of high technology companies involves complex legal
and factual questions and, therefore, their validity and enforceability cannot
be predicted with certainty. There can be no assurance that any of the Company's
patent applications, if issued, will not be challenged, invalidated, held
unenforceable or circumvented, or that the rights granted thereunder will
provide proprietary protection or competitive advantages to the Company against
competitors with similar technology. Furthermore,
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
there can be no assurance that others will not independently develop similar
technologies or duplicate any technology developed by the Company. The Company
has one registered trademark for "Digital River." Effective trademark and trade
secret protection may not be available in every country in which the Company's
products and services are made available online. There can be no assurance that
the steps taken by the Company to protect its proprietary rights will be
adequate or that third parties will not infringe or misappropriate the Company's
trade secrets, trademarks, trade dress and similar proprietary rights. In
addition, there can be no assurance that others will not independently develop
substantially equivalent intellectual property. A failure by the Company to
protect its intellectual property in a meaningful manner could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations. In addition, litigation may be necessary in the future to enforce
the Company's intellectual property rights, to protect the Company's trade
secrets or to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of
others. Such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of
management and technical resources, which could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.
 
    In addition, there can be no assurance that other parties will not assert
infringement claims against the Company. From time to time, the Company may
receive notice of claims of infringement of other parties' proprietary rights.
There can be no assurance that such claims will not be asserted or prosecuted
against the Company in the future or that any past or future assertions or
prosecutions will not materially adversely affect the Company's business,
financial condition and results of operations. The defense of any such claims,
whether such claims are with or without merit, could be time-consuming, result
in costly litigation and diversion of technical and management personnel, cause
product shipment delays or require the Company to develop non-infringing
technology or enter into royalty or licensing agreements. Such royalty or
licensing agreements, if required, may not be available on terms acceptable to
the Company, or at all. In the event of a successful claim of infringement
against the Company and the failure or inability of the Company to develop
non-infringing technology or license the infringed or similar technology on a
timely basis, the Company's business, financial condition and results of
operations could be materially adversely affected.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
   
    As of June 30, 1998, the Company employed 76 people, including 8 in
administration, 40 in product development and operations and 28 in sales and
marketing. The Company also employs independent contractors and other temporary
employees. None of the Company's employees is represented by a labor union, and
the Company considers its employee relations to be good. Competition for
qualified personnel in the Company's industry is intense, particularly among
software development and other technical staff. The Company believes that its
future success will depend in part on its continued ability to attract, hire and
retain qualified personnel.
    
 
FACILITIES
 
    The Company currently leases approximately 6,400 and 7,000 square feet of
office and warehouse space, respectively from Tech Squared in Edina, Minnesota.
Obligations under the lease from Tech Squared will continue through December 31,
1998 or until a party is found to sublease the office space, whichever is
earlier. The Company will continue to pay for warehouse space from Tech Squared
as long as it continues to utilize any of the space. Rent for the warehouse
space will be calculated pursuant to a formula based on square footage utilized.
The Company has also entered into a sublease agreement, effective July 15, 1998,
for approximately 32,900 square feet of office and warehouse space in Eden
Prairie, Minnesota. This sublease agreement expires on July 31, 2003. The
Company believes that its facilities will be adequate to accommodate the
Company's needs for the foreseeable future.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
    From time to time, the Company may be involved in litigation relating to
claims arising out of its ordinary course of business. The Company presently is
not subject to any material legal proceedings.
 
                                       38
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND KEY EMPLOYEES
 
   
    The following table sets forth information regarding the Company's executive
officers, key employees and directors as of July 31, 1998.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               NAME                  AGE                             POSITION
- -----------------------------------  ---   ------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>   <C>
Joel A. Ronning....................  42    Chief Executive Officer and Director
Perry W. Steiner...................  32    President and Director
Robert E. Strawman.................  38    Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
Kelly J. Wical.....................  41    Chief Technology Officer
Draper M. Jaffray..................  36    Vice President of Business Development
Gregory R.L. Smith.................  31    Secretary and Controller
Randy J. Womack....................  34    Chief Information Officer
Timothy C. Choate..................  33    Director
Thomas F. Madison (1)(2)...........  62    Director
Charles E. Reese, Jr...............  44    Director
Christopher J. Sharples............  51    Director
J. Paul Thorin (1)(2)..............  54    Director
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Member of Audit Committee.
 
(2) Member of Compensation Committee.
 
   
    Mr. Ronning founded the Company in February 1994 and has been President and
Chief Executive Officer and a director of the Company since that time. From
February 1994 to July 1998, Mr. Ronning was also President of the Company. Since
May 1995, Mr. Ronning has served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of Tech
Squared, a direct catalog marketer of software and hardware products. From May
1995 to July 1998, Mr. Ronning served as Chief Executive Officer, Chief
Financial Officer and Secretary of Tech Squared. From May 1995 to August 1996,
Mr. Ronning also served as the President of Tech Squared. Mr. Ronning is the
founder of MacUSA, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Tech Squared, and has
served as a director and Chief Executive Officer of MacUSA, Inc. since April
1990. Mr. Ronning also serves as a director of the Software Publishers
Association.
    
 
   
    Mr. Steiner joined the Company in July 1998 as President and has served as a
director of the Company since April 1998. From January 1997 to July 1998 Mr.
Steiner was Vice President of Wasserstein Perella & Co., Inc., an investment
banking firm, and later served as Vice President of Wasserstein Perella
Ventures, Inc., the general partner of Wasserstein, Adelson Ventures, L.P., a
venture capital fund. From June 1993 to December 1996, Mr. Steiner was a
principal of TCW Capital, a group of leveraged buyout funds managed by Trust
Company of the West.
    
 
    Mr. Strawman joined the Company in April 1998 as Chief Financial Officer and
Treasurer. From September 1995 to April 1998, Mr. Strawman served as Director of
Finance and Vice President of Finance for Caribou Coffee Company, Inc., a
gourmet coffee retailer. From 1989 to 1995, Mr. Strawman held various financial
positions at Software Etc. Stores, Inc., a specialty retailer of software, most
recently as Chief Financial Officer.
 
    Mr. Wical joined the Company in April 1997 as Chief Technology Officer. From
1992 to April 1997, Mr. Wical was Director of Development and Chief
Scientist/Architect of the ConText Server Division of Oracle Corporation. From
1987 to 1992, Mr. Wical was co-founder and Vice President of Research and
Development for Artificial Linguistics, Inc., a developer of text management
software.
 
                                       39
<PAGE>
    Mr. Jaffray joined the Company in December 1996 as Vice President of
Business Development. From January 1996 to December 1996, Mr. Jaffray was a
partner in The Firm, a computer products manufacturers representative. From 1991
to 1995, Mr. Jaffray served as Director of Sales for Tech Squared.
 
    Mr. Smith joined the Company as Controller in June 1997 and has served as
Secretary and Controller since December 1997. From November 1995 to June 1997,
Mr. Smith was Manager, External Reporting and Investor Relations at Secure
Computing Corporation, a developer of network and Internet security products.
From June 1988 to November 1995, Mr. Smith held various positions with Ernst &
Young LLP.
 
    Mr. Womack joined the Company in October 1997 as Chief Information Officer.
From May 1997 to September 1997, Mr. Womack was Director of Engineering at Xerox
Corporation. From 1992 to 1997, Mr. Womack held various positions, including
Development Manager at Oracle Corporation. From 1989 to 1992, Mr. Womack was
Director of Technical Services at Artificial Linguistics, Inc.
 
    Mr. Choate has served as a director of the Company since May 1998. Mr.
Choate has been Chairman of FreeShop International, Inc. since its inception in
June 1997 and has been President and Chief Executive Officer since March 1998.
Mr. Choate co-founded Online Interactive, Inc., the original parent company of
FreeShop International, Inc., in June 1994, and served as President, Chief
Executive Officer and Chairman until February, 1997 and Chairman until July
1997. Mr. Choate served as a Vice President of Micro Warehouse, Inc. from July
1997, when it acquired Online Interactive, Inc., until February 1998. From
February 1991 to May 1994, Mr. Choate held various positions at Softdisk
Publishing, LLC, most recently as President. From February 1989 until February
1991, Mr. Choate was a Senior Marketing Manager at Prodigy Services Company.
 
    Mr. Madison has served as a director of the Company since August 1996. Since
January 1993 he has been the President and Chief Executive Officer of MLM
Partners, a consulting and small business investment company. From February 1994
to September 1994, Mr. Madison served as Vice Chairman and Chief Executive
Officer at Minnesota Mutual Life Insurance Company. From June 1987 to December
1992, Mr. Madison was President of US WEST Communications Markets, a division of
US WEST, Inc. Mr. Madison also serves on the Boards of Directors of Valmont
Industries Inc., Eltrax Systems, Inc., Minnegasco Division of Houston
Industries, ACI Telecentrics, Span Link Communications and Delaware Group of
Funds.
 
    Mr. Reese has served as a director of the Company since July 1996. In August
1996, Mr. Reese joined Tech Squared, Inc. as President and Chief Operating
Officer and has served as a director of Tech Squared since April 1996. From
April 1995 to August 1996, Mr. Reese served as Vice President of Sales and
Marketing for the Weidt Group, Inc., a privately-held custom software
development firm specializing in Internet Web site design and development. From
July 1987 to April 1995, Mr. Reese served as Vice President of Sales at
Lasermaster Corp., a manufacturer and seller of high-resolution plain paper
typesetters, chemical-free image setters and large format color printers.
 
   
    Mr. Sharples has served as a director of the Company and Digital River Ltd.,
a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, since April 1998. Since 1973, Mr.
Sharples has served as a director of GNI Ltd., a firm specializing in the
derivatives market, which he co-founded in 1972. Since 1995, Mr. Sharples has
been Chairman of Lombard Street Research, an economic research firm. Since
November 1996, Mr. Sharples has been the Chairman of Datastream International
Ltd., a supplier of on-line historical financial and economic information to
investment professionals. Since 1981, Mr. Sharples has been the Chairman of ICV
Ltd, a financial information company. Both Datastream International Ltd. and ICV
Ltd. are subsidiaries of Primark Corporation, a information services company.
From 1987 to 1995, Mr. Sharples was Chairman of the Association of Futures
Brokers & Dealers and the Securities and Futures Authority, front line
regulatory organizations designated under the laws of Great Britain.
    
 
   
    Mr. Thorin has served as a director of the Company since June 1996. Since
April 1996, Mr. Thorin has served as General Counsel of Fujitsu America Inc., a
subsidiary of Fujitsu Limited and since June 1997 as
    
 
                                       40
<PAGE>
its Vice President and General Counsel. From April 1990 to March 1996, Mr.
Thorin held the position of Associate Corporate Counsel of Fujitsu America Inc.
 
BOARD COMPOSITION
 
    The Company currently has authorized seven directors. In accordance with the
terms of the Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation, effective upon the
closing of this offering, the terms of office of the Board of Directors will be
divided into three classes: the Class I term will expire at the annual meeting
of stockholders to be held in 1999; the Class II term will expire at the annual
meeting of stockholders to be held in 2000; and the Class III, term will expire
at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2001. The Class I directors
will be Messrs. Madison and Reese, the Class II directors will be Messrs. Choate
and Sharples and the Class III directors will be Messrs. Ronning, Steiner and
Thorin. At each annual meeting of stockholders after the initial classification,
the successors to directors whose term will then expire will be elected to serve
from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting
following election. In addition, the Company's Restated Certificate of
Incorporation provides that the authorized number of directors may be changed
only by resolution of the Board of Directors. Any additional directorships
resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among
the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of
one-third of the directors. This classification of the Board of Directors may
have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control or management of
the Company. Although directors of the Company may be removed for cause by the
affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock, the Company's
Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that holders of two-thirds of the
Common Stock must vote to approve the removal of a director without cause. There
are no family relationships among any of the directors and executive officers of
the Company.
 
BOARD COMMITTEES
 
   
    The Audit Committee consists of Messrs. Madison and Thorin. The Audit
Committee makes recommendations to the Board of Directors regarding the
selection of independent public accountants, reviews the results and scope of
the audit and other services provided by the Company's independent public
accountants and reviews and evaluates the Company's control functions.
    
 
   
    The Compensation Committee consists of Messrs. Madison and Thorin. The
Compensation Committee administers the issuance of stock under the Company's
1998 Stock Option Plan, makes recommendations regarding the Company's various
incentive compensation and benefit plans and determines salaries for the
executive officers and incentive compensation for employees and consultants of
the Company.
    
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
    Directors do not receive any cash compensation for their services as members
of the Board of Directors, although they are reimbursed for certain expenses
incurred in connection with attendance at Board and Committee meetings. From
time to time, certain non-employee directors of the Company have received grants
of options to purchase shares of the Company's Common Stock. In June 1996, Mr.
Thorin was granted an option to purchase 13,333 shares of the Company's Common
Stock at an exercise price of $0.38 per share. In September 1996, Messrs.
Madison and Reese were granted options to purchase 53,333 and 13,333 shares of
the Company's Common Stock, respectively, each at an exercise price of $1.13 per
share. In April 1998, Messrs. Madison, Reese and Thorin were granted options to
purchase 1,867, 467 and 467 shares of the Company's Common Stock, respectively,
each at an exercise price of $3.00 per share. In May 1998, Mr. Choate was
granted an option to purchase 5,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock at an
exercise price of $3.00 per share. The Company may compensate non-employee
directors in the future for their attendance at Board and Committee meetings.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
    Prior to April 1998, the Company did not have a Compensation Committee of
the Board of Directors, and the entire Board participated in all compensation
decisions, except that Mr. Ronning did not participate in decisions relating to
his compensation. In April 1998, the Board formed the Company's Compensation
Committee to review and recommend to the Board the compensation and benefits for
the Company's executive officers and administer the Company's stock option plan.
Certain of the Company's directors, or affiliated entities, have purchased
securities of the Company. See "Certain Transactions" and "Principal
Stockholders."
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    The following table sets forth the compensation paid by the Company during
the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 to the Company's Chief Executive Officer
and all other executive officers receiving compensation in excess of $100,000 in
fiscal 1997 (the "Named Executive Officers"):
 
                         SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE (1)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   LONG-TERM
                                                                                              COMPENSATION AWARDS
                                                                                              --------------------
                                                                                                   SECURITIES
                                                                        ANNUAL COMPENSATION        UNDERLYING
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                                                  SALARY($)             OPTIONS(#)
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------  --------------------  --------------------
<S>                                                                     <C>                   <C>
Joel A. Ronning ......................................................       $  140,000                --
  Chief Executive Officer
Draper M. Jaffray ....................................................          120,000                80,267
  Vice President of Business Development
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) In accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the
    compensation described in this table does not include medical, group life
    insurance or other benefits received by the Named Executive Officers which
    are available generally to all salaried employees of the Company and certain
    perquisites and other personal benefits received by the Named Executive
    Officers, which do not exceed the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of any such
    officer's salary and bonus disclosed in this table.
 
OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
 
    The following table sets forth information regarding stock options granted
by the Company during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997 to each of the
Named Executive Officers:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               POTENTIAL
                                                                                            REALIZABLE VALUE
                                                                                               AT ASSUMED
                                             INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                              ANNUAL RATES OF
                       --------------------------------------------------------------         STOCK PRICE
                         NUMBER OF     PERCENTAGE OF                                        APPRECIATION FOR
                        SECURITIES     TOTAL OPTIONS                                             OPTION
                        UNDERLYING      GRANTED IN       EXERCISE                              TERM($)(4)
                          OPTIONS       FISCAL 1997        PRICE                       --------------------------
NAME                   GRANTED(#)(1)      (%)(2)         ($/SH)(3)    EXPIRATION DATE     5%($)         10%($)
- ---------------------  -------------  ---------------  -------------  ---------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                    <C>            <C>              <C>            <C>              <C>           <C>
Joel A. Ronning......       --              --              --              --              --            --
Draper M. Jaffray....       80,000            16.1%      $    1.13          2/4/07     $  1,343,427  $  2,192,493
                               267              .1            1.69         6/26/07            4,334         7,167
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) The options become exercisable at a rate of 25% on the first anniversary of
    the vesting commencement date and 25% annually thereafter and expire ten
    years from the date of grant, or earlier upon termination of employment.
 
                                       42
<PAGE>
(2) Based on an aggregate of 496,817 shares subject to options granted to
    employees, directors of and consultants to the Company in the fiscal year
    ended December 31, 1997, including the Named Executive Officers.
 
(3) Options were granted at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of
    the Company's Common Stock, as determined by the Board of Directors on the
    date of grant.
 
(4) The 5% and 10% assumed annual rates of compounded stock price appreciation
    are mandated by rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. There can
    be no assurance provided to any executive officer or any other holder of the
    Company's securities that the actual stock price appreciation over the
    option term will be at the assumed 5% and 10% levels or at any other defined
    level. Unless the market price of the Common Stock appreciates over the
    option term, no value will be realized from the option grants made to the
    executive officers. The potential realizable value is calculated by assuming
    that the assumed initial public offering price of $11.00 per share
    appreciates at the indicated rate for the entire term of the option and that
    the option is exercised at the exercise price and sold on the last day of
    its term at the appreciated price. The potential realizable value
    computation is net of the applicable exercise price, but does not take into
    account applicable federal or state income tax consequences and other
    expenses of option exercises or sales of appreciated stock.
 
   
    RECENT OPTION GRANTS. Since December 31, 1997, the Company has granted
options to purchase 433,333, 80,000 and 26,667 shares of Common Stock, each at
an exercise price of $3.00 per share, to Messrs. Ronning, Strawman and Wical,
respectively. With the exception of the grant to Mr. Ronning which becomes
exercisable at a rate of 25% on the date of grant and 18.75% annually
thereafter, all grants made to the above executive officers become exercisable
at a rate of 25% on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and
25% annually thereafter. In July 1998, the Company granted options to purchase
550,000 shares of Common Stock to Mr. Steiner. See "--Employment Agreements."
    
 
AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR AND 1997 YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
 
    The following table sets forth for each of the Named Executive Officers the
number and value of securities underlying unexercised options held by the Named
Executive Officers at December 31, 1997:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        NUMBER OF SECURITIES          VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                   UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED OPTIONS   IN-THE- MONEY OPTIONS AT
                          SHARES                        AT DECEMBER 31, 1997          DECEMBER 31, 1997(1)
                        ACQUIRED ON      VALUE     ------------------------------  --------------------------
NAME                    EXERCISE(#)   REALIZED($)  EXERCISABLE(#) UNEXERCISABLE($) EXERCISABLE($) UNEXERCISABLE($)
- ---------------------  -------------  -----------  -------------  ---------------  -----------  -------------
<S>                    <C>            <C>          <C>            <C>              <C>          <C>
Joel A. Ronning......       --            --           160,000          53,333      $1,700,000    $ 566,663
Draper M. Jaffray....       --            --            20,000          60,267        197,500       595,000
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Value of unexercised in-the-money options are based on a value of $11.00 per
    share, the assumed initial public offering price minus the per share
    exercise price, multiplied by the number of shares underlying the option.
 
   
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
    
 
   
    In May 1998, the Company entered into an employment and non-competition
agreement (the "Employment Agreement") with Joel A. Ronning, the Company's Chief
Executive Officer. The term of the Employment Agreement is for a period of two
years (the "Expiration Date") with automatic one-year renewals if not terminated
prior to the Expiration Date (as extended in connection with any renewed term).
Mr. Ronning's compensation pursuant to the Employment Agreement consists of a
base salary of $140,000 per year, with an increase to not less than $225,000
upon the successful completion of the Company's initial public offering. In
addition, in 1998, Mr. Ronning will receive a bonus consisting of (i) 50% of his
base salary upon the successful completion of the Company's initial public
offering and (ii) 50% of his base salary upon the Company achieving certain
revenue milestones in 1998. Future annual bonuses will be determined at the
discretion of the Board. In the event of Mr. Ronning's termination under
    
 
                                       43
<PAGE>
   
certain circumstances, including termination upon a change in control of the
Company, he will be entitled to termination payments equal to his base salary at
the time of termination plus a weighted three year average of his annual bonus
amount. In the event of a change of control, any unvested and unexercised stock
options held by Mr. Ronning will immediately vest and become exercisable. Mr.
Ronning has also agreed not to compete with the Company, for a period of twelve
months following termination under certain circumstances, in countries or
territories where the Company conducts business.
    
 
   
    In July 1998, the Company entered into an employment agreement with Perry
Steiner, the Company's President. Mr. Steiner's compensation pursuant to his
employment agreement consists of base salary of $200,000. In addition, Mr.
Steiner will be paid a bonus equal to 50% of his base salary on December 31,
1998 unless he has voluntarily terminated or been terminated for cause on that
date. Future annual bonuses will be determined at the discretion of the Board.
Mr. Steiner also was granted options to purchase 550,000 shares of the Company's
Common Stock at an exercise price equal to the lesser of $11.00 per share or the
initial public offering price of the Company's Common Stock. Options to purchase
137,500 shares of Common Stock vested on Mr. Steiner's first day of employment
with the Company and options to purchase an additional 137,500 shares of Common
Stock will vest on the third anniversary of Mr. Steiner's date of employment;
provided that vesting of such options will accelerate if Mr. Steiner moves his
primary permanent residence to the Minneapolis, Minnesota area prior to April 1,
1999. Of the remaining options, options to purchase 91,666 shares of Common
stock will vest on the first anniversary of Mr. Steiner's hire date, options to
purchase 91,667 shares of Common Stock will vest on the second anniversary of
his hire date and options to purchase 91,667 shares of Common Stock will vest on
the third anniversary of his hire date. In the event of a change of control, as
defined in the employment agreement, any unvested stock options granted to Mr.
Steiner in connection with his employment agreement (except, in the case of a
change of control that occurs after April 1, 1999, for any options that have
failed to vest by April 1, 1999 as a result of a failure to relocate as
described above) will immediately vest and become exercisable. If Mr. Steiner is
terminated involuntarily other than for cause, he will be entitled to receive
upon execution of a one year noncompete agreement (i) salary continuation
payments, at his monthly base salary rate, for a period of twelve months after
his date of termination, (ii) acceleration of vesting for the next increment of
outstanding options that have not vested and (iii) a bonus for the year in which
termination occurred. If Mr. Steiner terminates his employment voluntarily, the
Company has the right to require Mr. Steiner to execute a noncompete agreement
effective for a period of one year from the date of termination. If the Company
exercises this option, Mr. Steiner will receive salary continuation payments, at
his monthly base salary rate, for a period of six months after his date of
termination, if termination occurs in his first year of employment, or for a
period of twelve months after his date of termination, if termination occurs
subsequent to the first anniversary of his hire date.
    
 
EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
 
    1998 STOCK OPTION PLAN.  The Company's 1998 Stock Option Plan (the "Option
Plan") was adopted by the Board of Directors in June 1998 as an amendment and
restatement of the Amended and Restated 1994 Stock Option Plan which had been
adopted in December 1997. There is currently an aggregate of 2,333,333 shares of
Common Stock authorized for issuance under the Option Plan.
 
    The Option Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, as
defined under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), to
employees (including officers and employee-directors) of the Company and its
affiliates. The Option Plan also provides for the grant of nonstatutory stock
options to such employees as well as to directors and consultants of the Company
and its affiliates.
 
    The Board (or a Committee appointed by the Board) administers the Option
Plan and determines both the recipients of options and the type of options to be
granted, including the exercise price, number of shares subject to the option
and the exercisability thereof. The terms of options granted under the Option
Plan generally may not exceed 10 years. While the Board determines the exercise
price of options, the
 
                                       44
<PAGE>
exercise price for an incentive stock option may not be less than 100% of the
fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of the option grant. Options
vest at the rate specified in the option agreement.
 
    No incentive stock option may be granted to any person who, at the time of
the grant, owns (or is deemed to own) stock possessing more than 10% of the
total combined voting power of the Company or any affiliate of the Company,
unless the option exercise price is at least 110% of the fair market value of
the stock subject to the option on the date of grant, and the term of the option
does not exceed five years from the date of grant. In addition, the aggregate
fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of the shares of Common
Stock with respect to which incentive stock options are exercisable for the
first time by an optionee during any calendar year (under the Option Plan and
all other option plans of the Company and its affiliates) may not exceed
$100,000.
 
    When the Company becomes subject to Section 162(m) of the Code (which denies
a deduction to publicly held corporations for certain compensation paid to
specified employees in a taxable year to the extent that the compensation
exceeds $1,000,000), no employee may be granted options under the Option Plan
covering more than 333,333 shares of Common Stock in any calendar year.
 
    If there is any sale of all or substantially all of the Company's assets,
any merger, any reverse merger or any consolidation in which the Company is not
the surviving corporation, any surviving entity may assume or substitute for all
outstanding options under the Option Plan. If the surviving entity does not do
so, the vesting and exercisability of options held by persons still serving the
Company or an affiliate will be accelerated. However, if the Company and the
other party to such transaction agree that such transaction is to be treated as
a "pooling of interests" for financial reporting purposes, and if such
transaction in fact is so treated, then the accelerated vesting of options will
not occur to the extent that the Company's independent public accountants and
such other party's independent public accountants separately determine in good
faith that such acceleration would preclude the use of "pooling of interests"
accounting. In any event, all options will terminate if not exercised prior to
such sale of assets, merger, reverse merger or consolidation.
 
    If there is an acquisition by certain persons, entities or groups of 50% or
more of the Company's stock, then the exercisability and vesting of options held
by persons still serving the Company or an affiliate also will be accelerated
but the options will not automatically terminate if not exercised prior to such
acquisition (unless such options otherwise expire by their terms).
 
    Generally, an optionee may not transfer an option other than by will or the
laws of descent or distribution. An optionee whose service to the Company and
its affiliates ceases for any reason (other than by death or permanent and total
disability) may exercise an option, as to vested shares, in the three-month
period following such cessation (unless such option expires sooner or later by
its terms). An optionee may exercise an option, as to vested shares, for up to
one year after the optionee's service to the Company and its affiliates ceases
due to death or disability (unless such option expires sooner or later by its
terms).
 
    Shares subject to options that have expired or otherwise terminated without
having been exercised in full again become available for the grant of options
under the Option Plan.
 
   
    As of July 31, 1998, there has been no exercise of options granted under the
Option Plan, options to purchase 1,568,451 shares of Common Stock were
outstanding and 764,882 shares remained available for future grant. The Option
Plan will terminate in June 2008 unless sooner terminated by the Board.
    
 
   
    In addition, the Company has granted options outside of the Option Plan to
purchase 513,636 shares of Common Stock and as of July 31, 1998, all of these
shares were outstanding.
    
 
    401(K) PLAN. In 1997, the Company established a defined contribution
retirement plan (the "401(k) Plan") covering all employees of the Company
meeting minimum age and service requirements. Pursuant to the 401(k) Plan,
employees may elect to reduce their current compensation by up to the lesser of
15% of their annual compensation or the statutorily prescribed annual limit
allowable under Internal Revenue Service Regulations and to have that amount
contributed to the 401(k) Plan. The 401(k) Plan permits, but
 
                                       45
<PAGE>
does not require, additional matching contributions by the Company on behalf of
all participants in the 401(k) Plan. The Company currently provides a matching
contribution of 50% of an employee's contribution on an annual basis. Company
matching contributions vest 100% upon completion of two years of service by the
employee. The 401(k) Plan is intended to qualify under Section 401(k) of the
Code so that contributions to the 401(k) Plan by employees or by the Company,
and the investment earnings thereon, are not taxable to employees until
withdrawn from the 401(k) Plan, and that contributions by the Company will be
deductible by the Company when made. The trustee of the 401(k) Plan invests the
assets of the 401(k) Plan at the direction of each participant based on certain
investment options.
 
INDEMNIFICATION AND LIMITATION OF DIRECTOR AND OFFICER LIABILITY
 
    The Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation limits the liability of
directors to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides
that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary
damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for
(i) any breach of their duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders,
(ii) acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct
or a knowing violation of law, (iii) unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful
stock repurchases or redemptions, or (iv) any transaction from which the
director derived an improper personal benefit. Such limitation of liability does
not apply to liabilities arising under the federal securities laws and does not
affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or
rescission.
 
    The Company's Bylaws provide that the Company shall indemnify its directors
and officers and may indemnify its employees and other agents to the fullest
extent permitted by law. The Company's Bylaws also permit it to secure insurance
on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability
arising out of his or her actions in such capacity, regardless of whether the
Bylaws would permit indemnification. The Company has obtained officer and
director liability insurance with respect to liabilities arising out of certain
matters, including matters arising under the Securities Act.
 
    The Company has entered into agreements to indemnify its directors and
executive officers, in addition to indemnification provided for in the Company's
Bylaws. These agreements, among other things, indemnify the Company's directors
and executive officers for certain expenses (including attorneys' fees),
judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any such person in any
action or proceeding, including any action by or in the right of the Company
arising out of such person's services as a director or executive officer of the
Company, any subsidiary of the Company or any other company or enterprise to
which the person provides services at the request of the Company. The Company
believes that these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and
retain qualified persons as directors and executive officers.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
    TRANSACTIONS WITH TECH SQUARED, INC.
 
    Joel A. Ronning is currently the Chairman of the Board of Directors of Tech
Squared, Inc. and owns approximately 49% of Tech Squared's outstanding Common
Stock as of June 30, 1998. In December 1995, Mr. Ronning issued an option to
MacUSA, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Tech Squared, to purchase 3,200,000
shares of the Company's Common Stock held by him for $1.00. The option is not
transferable and is exercisable at any time through December 31, 2000. During
the term of the option, Mr. Ronning has agreed to vote the 3,200,000 shares as
directed by the Board of Directors of MacUSA, Inc. In addition, MacUSA, Inc. has
agreed to reimburse Mr. Ronning for any tax liability that he may incur in
connection with the transfer of the option or the shares of Digital River stock
issuable upon exercise thereunder. If MacUSA, Inc. exercises its option to
purchase Mr. Ronning's interest in Digital River, it will own approximately
18.92% of the outstanding capital stock of the Company after the completion of
this offering. In addition, some of Mr. Ronning's time is spent fulfilling his
duties as Chairman of the Board of Directors of Tech Squared.
 
    Mr. Reese, a director of the Company, is also President and Chief Operating
Officer of Tech Squared.
 
    Tech Squared currently provides office and warehouse space and certain
administrative, financial and software product fulfillment services for the
Company. Charges for these services totalled approximately $168,000 and $171,000
for fiscal 1997 and the six months ended June 30, 1998, respectively.
 
    TRANSACTIONS WITH FUJITSU LIMITED
 
    Fujitsu Limited ("Fujitsu"), which will own approximately 12.97% of the
outstanding capital stock of the Company after the completion of this offering,
purchased 2,133,333 shares of Common Stock for $800,000 pursuant to a Stock
Purchase Agreement between the Company and Fujitsu, dated August 1994 (the
"Stock Purchase Agreement"). Under the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement and
related agreements, Fujitsu obtained certain rights and guarantees including,
but not limited to the following: a security interest in the Company's Common
Stock held by Mr. Ronning; covenants requiring Fujitsu's approval for certain
major business transactions and decisions; registration rights; right of first
refusal on future equity offerings of the Company; right to designate two
members of the Company's Board of Directors; a right of first refusal or an
option to purchase the Company's technology in the event of a bonafide third
party offer or change in control, respectively; and a perpetual, exclusive and
royalty-free license to use, develop, market and distribute certain encryption
technologies, unrelated to the current encryption technologies utilized by the
Company relating to ESD, in the Asia-Pacific region. Prior to the Modification
Agreement (as defined below), the covenants requiring Fujitsu's approvals for
certain major business transactions and decisions were to terminate in August
2001 and substantially all other rights, with the exception of the registration
rights and technology license, were to terminate following an initial public
offering or change in control.
 
   
    In December 1997, Fujitsu and the Company entered into the Fujitsu
Modification Agreement (the "Modification Agreement") pursuant to which, in
exchange for receiving 60,000 shares of Common Stock, Fujitsu agreed to
relinquish its rights under the Stock Purchase Agreement (the "Prior Rights")
except for the right to (i) designate, provided that Fujitsu's ownership
percentage in the Company is not less than 10% and the Company has not initiated
a public offering, one member to the Company's Board of Directors, (ii) retain
its prior registration rights and (iii) retain a perpetual, exclusive and
royalty-free license to use, develop, market and distribute certain encryption
technologies, unrelated to the current encryption technologies utilized by the
Company relating to ESD, in the Asia-Pacific region. In addition, pursuant to
the terms of the Modification Agreement, the Company and Mr. Ronning agreed to
execute and deliver a non-competition agreement. See "Management--Employment
Agreements."
    
 
                                       47
<PAGE>
    Mr. Thorin, a director of the Company, is also Vice President and General
Counsel of Fujitsu America, Inc., a subsidiary of Fujitsu.
 
    TRANSACTIONS WITH CHRISTOPHER J. SHARPLES
 
    Christopher J. Sharples, a director and stockholder of the Company, has
purchased, in the aggregate, 1,234,666 shares of Common Stock for an aggregate
purchase price of $3,704,000 or $3.00 per share. Mr. Sharples will own
approximately 7.84% of the outstanding capital stock of the Company after the
completion of this offering. In addition, in February 1998, Mr. Sharples and
another stockholder (the "Sharples Team") have entered into a preliminary
agreement with the Company (the "International Agreement") whereby the Sharples
Team will help establish and oversee the international operations of the
Company, to be based in the United Kingdom, for a term of three years. As
consideration for their services, Mr. Sharples and the other stockholder each
received a warrant issuable for 100,000 shares of Common Stock, at a purchase
price of $3.00 per share. The International Agreement also requires the Company
to designate Mr. Sharples as a member of the Company's Board of Directors.
 
    TRANSACTIONS WITH WASSERSTEIN, ADELSON VENTURES, L.P.
 
   
    In April 1998, Wasserstein, Adelson Ventures, L.P. ("Wasserstein") purchased
1,500,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock from the Company at a purchase
price of $2.00 per share (which will convert into 1,000,000 shares of Common
Stock upon consummation of this offering). In connection with the purchase of
the Series A Preferred Stock, the Company issued to Wasserstein a warrant to
purchase 50,000 shares of Common Stock at $3.00 per share. The Warrant can be
exercised immediately and expires in April 2003.
    
 
    In connection with certain advisory services provided by Wasserstein to the
Company, the Company issued to Wasserstein a conditional warrant (the
"Conditional Warrant") that is exercisable, at any time after the date of the
Company's initial public offering and on or before the fifth anniversary of the
initial public offering. If the Company consummates its initial public offering
on or prior to December 31, 1998, the Conditional Warrant will represent the
right to purchase 100,000 shares of Common Stock at $3.00 per share. If the
Company consummates its initial public offering after December 31, 1998 but on
or prior to March 31, 1999 at a price per share greater than $22.50, then the
Conditional Warrant will represent the right to purchase 33,333 Shares of Common
Stock at $3.00 per share.
 
    Each of the above warrants contain provisions for the adjustment of the
exercise price and the aggregate number of shares issuable upon the exercise of
the warrant under certain circumstances including stock dividends, stock splits,
reorganizations, reclassifications and consolidations. Wasserstein is also
entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of such shares
underlying the warrants under the Securities Act.
 
   
    Mr. Steiner, the President and a director of the Company served as Vice
President of Wasserstein Perella Ventures, Inc., the general partner of
Wasserstein until July 1998.
    
 
                                       48
<PAGE>
    OTHER TRANSACTIONS
 
    Listed below are the directors, executive officers and five percent
stockholders who have acquired shares of the Company's Common Stock or Series A
Preferred Stock:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 SHARES OF
                                                    SHARES OF     SERIES A
                                                      COMMON     PREFERRED      AGGREGATE
                                                      STOCK        STOCK     CONSIDERATION($)
                                                   ------------  ----------  ---------------
<S>                                                <C>           <C>         <C>
Tech Squared, Inc. (1)...........................     3,200,000                          1
Fujitsu Limited (2)..............................     2,193,333                    800,000
Wasserstein, Adelson Ventures, L.P. (3)..........       150,000   1,500,000      3,001,250
Joel A. Ronning (1) (4)..........................     3,270,175                    200,000
Robert E. Strawman...............................         2,666                      7,600
Kelly J. Wical...................................         3,508                     10,000
Draper M. Jaffray................................         1,666                      4,750
Gregory R.L. Smith...............................         2,400                      6,840
Randy J. Womack..................................        18,771                     53,498
Thomas F. Madison................................        33,333                     95,000
Christopher J. Sharples (5)......................     1,334,666                  3,704,000
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
(1) Includes 3,200,000 shares of Common Stock which MacUSA, Inc., a wholly-owned
    subsidiary of Tech Squared, has the right to acquire, at a purchase price of
    $1.00, from Mr. Ronning pursuant to the terms of a stock option agreement
    entered into between Mr. Ronning and MacUSA, Inc. in December 1995.
 
(2) Includes 60,000 shares of Common Stock received as part of the Modification
    Agreement as consideration to Fujitsu Limited for relinquishing the Prior
    Rights.
 
   
(3) Includes 50,000 shares of Common Stock issuable, at a purchase price of
    $3.00 per share, pursuant to a warrant purchased for $750 and 100,000 shares
    of Common Stock issuable, at a purchase price of $3.00 per share, pursuant
    to a conditional warrant purchased for $500. The shares of Series A
    Preferred Stock will convert into 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock upon
    consummation of the offering. See "Principal Stockholders."
    
 
   
(4) The Company issued 3,200,000 shares of Common Stock to Mr. Ronning in August
    1994 as consideration for rights to certain technology contributed to the
    Company by Mr. Ronning.
    
 
   
(5) Includes 541,666, 166,666 and 526,333 shares of Common Stock registered in
    the name of Latour Trustees (Jersey) Limited, Latour Trustees (Jersey)
    Limited and Mark Henry Murray as Trustees of the Murray 1987 Settlement and
    Wilbro Nominees Limited, respectively. Of the 541,666 shares of Common Stock
    registered in the name of Latour Trustees (Jersey) Limited, 41,666 of such
    shares are held by Mr. Sharples' wife. Of the 526,333 shares of Common Stock
    registered in the name of Wilbro Nominees Limited, 5,000 of such shares are
    held by Mr. Sharples' children. Also, includes 100,000 shares of Common
    Stock issuable, at a purchase price of $3.00 per share, pursuant to a
    warrant issued to Mr. Sharples as consideration for entering into the
    International Agreement.
    
 
    The holder of the Company's Series A Preferred Stock and certain holders of
Common Stock are entitled to certain registration rights with respect to the
Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion thereof. See "Description of
Capital Stock--Registration Rights."
 
    The Company intends to enter into indemnification agreements with its
directors and executive officers for the indemnification of and advancement of
expenses to such persons to the fullest extent permitted by law. The Company
also intends to execute such agreements with its future directors and executive
officers.
 
                                       49
<PAGE>
    The Company believes that the foregoing transactions were in its best
interest and were made on terms no less favorable to the Company than could have
been obtained from unaffiliated third parties. All future transactions between
the Company and any of its officers, directors or principal stockholders will be
approved by a majority of the independent and disinterested members of the Board
of Directors, will be on terms no less favorable to the Company than could be
obtained from unaffiliated third parties and will be in connection with bona
fide business purposes of the Company.
 
                                       50
<PAGE>
                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
 
   
    The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the
beneficial ownership of the Company's Common Stock as of July 31, 1998, and as
adjusted to reflect the sale of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby by (i)
each of the Company's Named Executive Officers, (ii) each of the Company's
directors, (iii) each holder of more than 5% of the Company's Common Stock and
(iv) all current directors and executive officers as a group.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               PERCENTAGE OF SHARES
                                                                                              BENEFICIALLY OWNED(1)
                                                                                 SHARES      ------------------------
                                                                              BENEFICIALLY    PRIOR TO       AFTER
BENEFICIAL OWNERS                                                               OWNED(1)      OFFERING     OFFERING
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                           <C>            <C>          <C>
Joel A. Ronning (2) (3) ....................................................      3,591,841      25.59%       20.84%
  c/o Digital River, Inc.
  5198 West 76th Street
  Edina, Minnesota 55439
 
Tech Squared, Inc. (3) .....................................................      3,200,000      23.33        18.92
  5198 West 76th Street, Suite 220
  Edina, Minnesota 55439
 
Fujitsu Limited ............................................................      2,193,333      15.99        12.97
  1-1 Kamikodanaka 4-Chome
  Nakahara-Ku
  Kawasaki 211 Japan
 
Christopher J. Sharples (4) ................................................      1,334,666       9.66         7.84
  GNI Ltd.
  25 Dowgate Hill
  London EC4R 2GN
  United Kingdom
 
Wasserstein, Adelson Ventures, L.P. (5) ....................................      1,150,000       8.30         6.74
  31 West 52nd Street
  New York New York 10019
 
Draper M. Jaffray (6) ......................................................         21,732       *            *
 
Timothy C. Choate (7) ......................................................          5,000       *            *
 
Thomas F. Madison (8) ......................................................         88,533       *            *
 
Charles E. Reese, Jr. (9) ..................................................         13,800       *            *
 
Perry W. Steiner (10) ......................................................        275,000       1.97         1.60
 
J. Paul Thorin (11) ........................................................         13,800       *            *
 
All directors and executive officers as a group (12 persons) (12) ..........      7,608,944      52.22        42.82
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
  *  Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of the outstanding shares
     of the Company's Common Stock.
 
   
 (1) Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the
     Securities and Exchange Commission and generally includes voting or
     investment power with respect to securities. Beneficial ownership also
     includes shares of stock subject to options and warrants currently
     exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 1998. Percentage of
     beneficial ownership is based on 13,713,715 shares of Common Stock
     outstanding as of July 31, 1998 and 16,913,715 shares of Common Stock
     outstanding after the completion of this offering.
    
 
                                       51
<PAGE>
   
 (2) Includes 321,666 shares Mr. Ronning has the right to acquire pursuant to
     options exercisable within 60 days of July 31, 1998.
    
 
 (3) Includes 3,200,000 shares MacUSA, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Tech
     Squared, has the right to acquire from Mr. Ronning pursuant to a stock
     option agreement entered into between Mr. Ronning and MacUSA, Inc. in
     December 1995. During the term of the option, Mr. Ronning has agreed to
     vote such 3,200,000 shares at the discretion of MacUSA, Inc.
 
   
 (4) Includes 541,666, 166,666 and 526,333 shares registered in the name of
     Latour Trustees (Jersey) Limited, Latour Trustees (Jersey) Limited and Mark
     Henry Murray as Trustees of the Murray 1987 Settlement and Wilbro Nominees
     Limited, respectively. Of the 541,666 shares of Common Stock registered in
     the name of Latour Trustees (Jersey) Limited, 41,666 of such shares are
     held by Mr. Sharples' wife. Of the 526,333 shares of Common Stock
     registered in the name of Wilbro Nominees Limited, 5,000 of such shares are
     held by Mr. Sharples' children. Also includes 100,000 shares Mr. Sharples
     has the right to acquire pursuant to a warrant exercisable within 60 days
     of July 31, 1998.
    
 
   
 (5) Includes 50,000 shares Wasserstein, Adelson Ventures, L.P. has the right to
     acquire pursuant to a warrant exercisable within 60 days and 100,000 shares
     issuable to Wasserstein, Adelson Ventures, L.P. pursuant to a warrant which
     is exercisable upon the completion of the Company's initial public
     offering.
    
 
   
 (6) Includes 20,066 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within
     60 days of July 31, 1998.
    
 
   
 (7) Includes 5,000 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within
     60 days of July 31, 1998.
    
 
   
 (8) Includes 55,200 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within
     60 days of July 31, 1998.
    
 
   
 (9) Includes 13,800 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable within
     60 days of July 31, 1998.
    
 
   
 (10) Includes 137,500 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable
      within 60 days of July 31, 1998 and 137,500 shares issuable to Mr. Steiner
      pursuant to an option which is exercisable upon the earlier of (i) Mr.
      Steiner moving his primary permanent residence to the Minneapolis,
      Minnesota area prior to April 1, 1999 or (ii) on the third anniversary of
      his first day of employment.
    
 
   
 (11) Includes 13,800 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable
      within 60 days of July 31, 1998.
    
 
   
 (12) Includes 757,864 shares issuable upon exercise of options exercisable
      within 60 days of July 31, 1998 and 100,000 shares subject to warrants.
    
 
                                       52
<PAGE>
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
    Upon the closing of this offering, the authorized capital stock of the
Company will consist of 45,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per
share, and 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share
("Preferred Stock").
 
COMMON STOCK
 
   
    As of July 31, 1998, there were 13,713,715 shares of Common Stock
outstanding held of record by approximately 120 stockholders (which includes
shares of Preferred Stock that will be converted into Common Stock upon
completion of this offering).
    
 
    The holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of
record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. Subject to
preferences that may be applicable to any outstanding shares of the Preferred
Stock, the holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive ratably such
dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally
available therefor. See "Dividend Policy." In the event of a liquidation,
dissolution, or winding up of the Company, holders of the Common Stock are
entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities.
Holders of Common Stock have no preemptive rights and no right to convert their
Common Stock into any other securities. There are no redemption or sinking fund
provisions applicable to the Common Stock. All outstanding shares of Common
Stock are, and all shares of Common Stock to be outstanding upon the completion
of this offering will be, fully paid and non-assessable.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
    Upon the closing of this offering, the Board of Directors will have the
authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 5,000,000
shares of Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value, in one or more series and to fix the
designations, powers, preferences, privileges, and relative participating,
optional, or special rights and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions
thereof, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of
redemption and liquidation preferences, any or all of which may be greater than
the rights of the Common Stock. The Board of Directors, without stockholder
approval, can issue Preferred Stock with voting, conversion, or other rights
that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of
Common Stock. Preferred Stock could thus be issued with terms calculated to
delay or prevent a change in control of the Company or make removal of
management more difficult. Additionally, the issuance of Preferred Stock may
have the effect of decreasing the market price of the Common Stock, and may
adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of Common Stock.
Upon the completion of this offering, there will be no shares of Preferred Stock
outstanding and the Company has no current plans to issue any of the Preferred
Stock.
 
WARRANTS
 
   
    As of July 31, 1998, the Company had outstanding warrants to purchase an
aggregate of 803,008 shares of the Company's Common Stock. The warrants expire
at various times ranging from December 2001 to May 2003. Generally, each warrant
contains provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the aggregate
number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant under certain
circumstances, including stock dividends, stock splits, reorganizations,
reclassifications, consolidations and certain dilutive issuances of securities
at prices below the then existing warrant exercise price. All warrants are
currently exercisable, except for one warrant to purchase 100,000 shares, which
only becomes exercisable upon the completion of the Company's initial public
offering.
    
 
                                       53
<PAGE>
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
    Pursuant to agreements between the Company and the holders (or their
permitted transferees) ("Holders") of approximately 8,081,506 shares of Common
Stock (assuming the conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock upon the
completion of this offering) and options and warrants to purchase 1,034,416
shares of Common Stock, the Holders are entitled to certain rights with respect
to the registration of such shares under the Securities Act. If the Company
proposes to register its Common Stock under the Securities Act, subject to
certain exceptions, the Holders are entitled to notice of the registration and
are entitled at the Company's expense to include such shares therein, provided
that the managing underwriters have the right to limit the number of such shares
included in the registration. The Holders do not have registration rights with
respect to this offering. In addition, certain of the Holders may require the
Company, at its expense, on no more than one occasion, to file a registration
statement under the Securities Act with respect to their shares of Common Stock.
Such rights may not be exercised until six months after the completion of this
offering. Further, Holders may require the Company, once every 12 months and at
the Company's expense, to register the shares on Form S-3 when such form becomes
available to the Company, subject to certain conditions and limitations.
 
DELAWARE LAW AND CERTAIN CHARTER PROVISIONS
 
    The Company is subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware
General Corporation Law, an anti-takeover law. In general, the statute prohibits
a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a "business combination"
with an "interested stockholder" for a period of three years after the date of
the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the
business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. For purposes of Section
203, a "business combination" includes a merger, asset sale or other transaction
resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder, and an
"interested stockholder" is a person who, together with affiliates and
associates, owns (or within three years prior, did own) 15% or more of the
corporation's voting stock.
 
    The Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws also require
that, effective upon the closing of this offering, any action required or
permitted to be taken by stockholders of the Company must be effected at a duly
called annual or special meeting of the stockholders and may not be effected by
a consent in writing. In addition, special meetings of the stockholders of the
Company may be called only by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board
or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. The Company's Restated
Certificate of Incorporation also provides for the classification of the Board
of Directors into three classes, only one of which will be elected at each
annual meeting, and specifies that the authorized number of directors may be
changed only by resolution of the Board of Directors. These provisions, which
require the vote of stockholders holding at least two-thirds of the outstanding
shares to amend, may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying
changes in control or management of the Company. See "Management--Board
Composition."
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
    Norwest Bank Minnesota, N.A. has been appointed as the transfer agent and
registrar for the Company's Common Stock.
 
                                       54
<PAGE>
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
   
    Upon the completion of this offering, the Company will have outstanding
16,913,715 shares of Common Stock, based on the number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding as of July 31, 1998, assuming (i) the issuance by the Company of
shares of Common Stock offered hereby, (ii) the automatic conversion of all
outstanding shares of series A Preferred Stock into Common Stock upon the
completion of this offering, (iii) no exercise of options, warrants or other
obligations to issue shares after July 31, 1998 and (iv) no exercise of the
Underwriters' over-allotment option to purchase 480,000 shares of Common Stock,
except as otherwise noted. Of these shares, the 3,200,000 shares sold in this
offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act.
The remaining 13,713,715 shares of Common Stock held by existing stockholders
are restricted securities. Restricted securities may be sold in the public
market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration
under Rules 144, 144(k) or 701 or Regulation S as promulgated under the
Securities Act. Holders, including all officers and directors, of 12,322,791
shares of the Company's Common Stock and an additional 1,584,653 shares issuable
upon exercise of warrants and vested options have agreed with the
representatives of the Underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to
offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase,
purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to
purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any
shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or
exchangeable for Common Stock (whether such shares or any such securities are
then owned by such person or are thereafter acquired directly from the Company),
or to enter into any swap or similar arrangement that transfers, in whole or in
part, the economic risks of ownership of the Common Stock, without the prior
written consent of BT Alex. Brown Incorporated for a period of 180 days after
the date of the Prospectus (the "Lock-Up Agreements"). As a result of such
contractual restrictions and the provisions of Rule 144 and 701 or Regulation S,
additional shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:
(i) 980,806 shares of Common Stock currently outstanding and 32,654 shares of
Common Stock issuable upon exercise of currently outstanding options will be
eligible for sale 90 days after the date of this Prospectus, (ii) 8,261,072
restricted securities will be eligible for sale 180 days after the date of this
Prospectus and (iii) the remainder of the restricted securities will be eligible
for sale from time to time thereafter upon expiration of their respective
one-year holding periods.
    
 
   
    In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after
the date of this Prospectus, any holder, including an affiliate of the Company,
of restricted securities as to which at least one year has elapsed since the
later of the date of the holder's acquisition of such shares from the Company or
from an affiliate, would be entitled within any three-month period to sell a
number of shares that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the then outstanding
shares of Common Stock (approximately 169,137 shares immediately after the
closing of this offering assuming no exercise of the Underwriters'
over-allotment option) or the average weekly trading volume of the Common Stock
on the Nasdaq National Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the date
on which notice of the sale is filed with the Commission. Sales under Rule 144
are subject to certain requirements relating to manner of sale, notice and
availability of current public information about the Company. However, a person
(or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an
affiliate of the Company at any time during the 90 days immediately preceding
the sale and who beneficially owns restricted securities is entitled to sell
such shares under Rule 144(k) without regard to the limitations described above,
provided that at least two years have elapsed since the later of the date the
shares were acquired from the Company or from an affiliate of the Company. The
foregoing is a summary of Rule 144 and is not intended to be a complete
description of that rule.
    
 
    Subject to certain limitations on the aggregate offering price of a
transaction and other conditions, Rule 701 may be relied upon with respect to
the resale of securities originally purchased from the Company by its employees,
directors, officers, consultants or advisers prior to the closing of this
offering, pursuant to written compensatory benefit plans or written contracts
relating to the compensation of such persons. In addition, the Commission has
indicated that Rule 701 will apply to stock options granted by the
 
                                       55
<PAGE>
Company before this offering, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of
such options. Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701 are deemed to be
restricted securities and, beginning 90 days after the date of this Prospectus
(unless subject to the contractual restrictions described above), may be sold by
persons other than affiliates, subject only to the manner of sale provisions of
Rule 144 and by affiliates under Rule 144 without compliance with its one-year
minimum holding period requirements.
 
   
    The Company intends to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the
Securities Act covering shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the
1998 Stock Option Plan and also shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
options granted outside the 1998 Stock Option Plan. See "Management--Employee
Benefit Plans." Such registration statement is expected to be filed and become
effective not earlier than 180 days after the effective date of this offering.
Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statement will, subject
to rule 144 volume limitations applicable to affiliates of the Company, be
available for sale in the open market, unless such shares are subject to vesting
restrictions with the Company. As of July 31, 1998, options to purchase
2,082,087 shares of Common Stock were issued and outstanding. See
"Management--Employee Benefit Plans."
    
 
    Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Company's
Common Stock, and there can be no assurance that an active public market for the
Common Stock will develop or will continue after this offering or that the
market price of the Common Stock will not decline below the initial public
offering price. Future sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock in the
public market could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time.
As described herein, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale
shortly after this offering because of certain contractual and legal
restrictions on resale. Sales of substantial amounts of Common Stock of the
Company in the public market after the restrictions lapse could adversely affect
the prevailing market price and the ability of the Company to raise equity
capital in the future.
 
                                       56
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
    Subject to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement (the
"Underwriting Agreement"), the underwriters named below (the "Underwriters"),
through their representatives BT Alex. Brown Incorporated, BancAmerica Robertson
Stephens and Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. (the "Representatives"), have severally
agreed to purchase from the Company the following respective numbers of shares
of Common Stock at the initial public offering price less the underwriting
discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   NUMBER OF
          UNDERWRITER                                                                SHARES
                                                                                   ----------
<S>                                                                                <C>
BT Alex. Brown Incorporated......................................................
BancAmerica Robertson Stephens...................................................
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc..........................................................
                                                                                   ----------
  Total..........................................................................   3,200,000
                                                                                   ----------
                                                                                   ----------
</TABLE>
 
    The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the Underwriters
are subject to certain conditions precedent and that the Underwriters will
purchase all of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby if any of such shares
are purchased.
 
    The Company has been advised by the Representatives that the Underwriters
propose to offer the shares of Common Stock to the public at the initial public
offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus and to certain
dealers at such price less a concession not in excess of $   per share. The
Underwriters may allow, and such dealers may re-allow, a concession not in
excess of $   per share to certain other dealers. After the initial public
offering, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the
Representatives.
 
    The Company has granted the Underwriters an option, exercisable not later
than 30 days after the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to 480,000
additional shares of Common Stock at the initial public offering price less the
underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this
Prospectus. To the extent that the Underwriters exercise such option, each of
the Underwriters will have a firm commitment to purchase approximately the same
percentage thereof that the number of shares of Common Stock to be purchased by
it in the above table bears to 3,200,000, and the Company will be obligated,
pursuant to the option to sell such shares to the Underwriters. The Underwriters
may exercise such option only to cover over-allotments made in connection with
the sale of the Common Stock offered hereby. If purchased, the Underwriters will
offer such additional shares on the same terms as those on which the 3,200,000
shares are being offered.
 
    The Company has agreed to indemnify the Underwriters against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
   
    Each of the officers and directors and certain stockholders of the Company,
holding in the aggregate 12,322,791 shares of Common Stock, have agreed not to
offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any
transaction which is designed to, or could be expected to, result in the
disposition of any portion of) any Common Stock for a period of 180 days after
the date of this Prospectus, without the prior written consent of BT Alex. Brown
Incorporated. Such consent may be given at any time without public notice. The
Company has entered into a similar agreement, except that it may issue, and
grant options or warrants to purchase, shares of Common Stock or any securities
convertible into, exercisable for or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock,
pursuant to the exercise of outstanding options and warrants and the Company's
issuance of options and stock granted under the existing stock and stock
purchase plans.
    
 
    The Representatives have advised the Company that the Underwriters do not
intend to confirm sales to any account over which they exercise discretionary
authority.
 
                                       57
<PAGE>
    Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock
of the Company. Consequently, the initial public offering price for the Common
Stock has been determined by negotiation among the Company and the
Representatives. Among the factors considered in such negotiations were
prevailing market conditions, the results of operations of the Company in recent
periods, the market capitalizations and stages of development of other companies
which the Company and the Representatives believe to be comparable to the
Company, estimates of the business potential of the Company, the present stage
of the Company's development and other factors deemed relevant.
 
    In order to facilitate the offering of the Common Stock, the Underwriters
may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the
market price of the Common Stock. Specifically, the Underwriters may over-allot
shares of the Common Stock in connection with this offering, thereby creating a
short position in the Underwriters' syndicate account. Additionally, to cover
such over-allotments or to stabilize the market price of the Common Stock, the
Underwriters may bid for, and purchase, shares of the Common Stock in the open
market. Any of these activities may maintain the market price of the Common
Stock at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market.
The Underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and, if
commenced, any such activities may be discontinued at any time. The
Representatives, on behalf of the Underwriters, also may reclaim selling
concessions allowed to an Underwriter or dealer, if the syndicate repurchases
shares distributed by that Underwriter or dealer.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
   
    The validity of the Common Stock offered hereby will be passed upon for the
Company by Cooley Godward LLP, Palo Alto and San Francisco, California. Certain
legal matters related to the offering will be passed upon for the Underwriters
by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto,
California.
    
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 1996 and 1997,
and for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 1997
included in this Prospectus and elsewhere in the Registration Statement have
been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent public accountants, as
indicated in their report with respect thereto, and are included herein in
reliance upon the authority of said firm as experts in giving said report.
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
    The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission"), Washington, D.C. 20549, a Registration Statement on Form S-1
under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Common Stock offered
hereby. This Prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the
Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further
information with respect to the Company and such Common Stock, reference is made
to the Registration Statement and to the exhibits and schedules filed therewith.
Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of any contract or
other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance
reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in
all respects by such reference. A copy of the Registration Statement may be
inspected by anyone without charge at the Commission's principal office in
Washington, D.C., and copies of all or any part of the Registration Statement
may be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the Commission, 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, upon payment of certain fees prescribed by
the Commission. The Commission also maintains a World Wide Web site that
contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information
regarding registrants, such as the Company, that file electronically with the
Commission. The address of the site is http://www.sec.gov.
 
                                       58
<PAGE>
                              DIGITAL RIVER, INC.
                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                                -----
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
Report of Independent Public Accountants...................................................................         F-2
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996, 1997 and June 30, 1998 (unaudited)....................         F-3
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996, 1997 and for the six
  months ended June 30, 1997 and 1998 (unaudited)..........................................................         F-4
 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996, 1997
  and for the six months ended June 30, 1998 (unaudited)...................................................         F-5
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1996, 1997 and for the six
  months ended June 30, 1997 and 1998 (unaudited)..........................................................         F-6
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.................................................................         F-7
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To Digital River, Inc.:
 
    We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Digital
River, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1996 and 1997, and the related
consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity (deficit) and cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1997. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.
 
    We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Digital River, Inc. and
Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1996 and 1997, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1997, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                          ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
Minneapolis, Minnesota,
March 6, 1998 (except with respect to
  the reverse stock split described
  in Note 3, as to which the date is July 14, 1998)
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                              DIGITAL RIVER, INC.
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                       (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                                                    --------------------
                                                                      1996       1997
                                                                    ---------  ---------   JUNE 30,      PRO FORMA
                                                                                             1998      STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                                                          -----------    EQUITY AT
                                                                                          (UNAUDITED)  JUNE 30, 1998
                                                                                                         (NOTE 3)
                                                                                                       -------------
                                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                 <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
                                                       ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.......................................  $     800  $   2,126   $   4,755
  Short-term investments..........................................     --         --           4,934
  Accounts receivable, net allowance of $0, $20 and $82...........          4         94         196
  Prepaid expenses and other......................................          5        100         381
                                                                    ---------  ---------  -----------
    Total current assets..........................................        809      2,320      10,266
                                                                    ---------  ---------  -----------
 
Property and equipment:
  Property and equipment..........................................        115      1,035       2,553
  Accumulated depreciation........................................         (8)      (132)       (284)
                                                                    ---------  ---------  -----------
    Net property and equipment....................................        107        903       2,269
Other assets......................................................        286        182         162
                                                                    ---------  ---------  -----------
    Total assets..................................................  $   1,202  $   3,405   $  12,697
                                                                    ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                                    ---------  ---------  -----------
 
                                   LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
 
Current liabilities:
  Convertible debentures..........................................  $     998  $  --       $  --
  Accounts payable................................................        112        720       1,844
  Accrued payroll.................................................         30        197         467
  Due to related party............................................         67         46          55
  Other accrued liabilities.......................................         53        113          48
                                                                    ---------  ---------  -----------
    Total current liabilities.....................................      1,260      1,076       2,414
                                                                    ---------  ---------  -----------
 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)
 
Stockholders' equity (deficit):
  Preferred stock, $.01 par value; 1,500,000 shares authorized;
    1,500,000 shares of Series A preferred stock issued and
    outstanding...................................................     --         --              15    $   --
  Common stock, $.01 par value; 66,666,667 shares authorized;
    5,333,333, 9,241,881 and 12,713,715 shares issued and
    outstanding...................................................         53         92         127            137
  Additional paid-in capital......................................        729      6,562      21,728         21,733
  Deferred compensation...........................................     --         --          (1,191)        (1,191)
  Accumulated deficit.............................................       (840)    (4,325)    (10,396)       (10,396)
                                                                    ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------
    Total stockholders' equity (deficit)..........................        (58)     2,329      10,283    $    10,283
                                                                    ---------  ---------  -----------  -------------
                                                                                                       -------------
      Total liabilities and stockholders' equity (deficit)........  $   1,202  $   3,405   $  12,697
                                                                    ---------  ---------  -----------
                                                                    ---------  ---------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated balance
                                    sheets.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                              DIGITAL RIVER, INC.
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                     (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,  FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                         JUNE 30,
                                                -------------------------------  ------------------------
                                                  1995       1996       1997        1997         1998
                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                             <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
Sales.........................................  $  --      $     111  $   2,472   $     461    $   5,746
 
Cost of sales.................................     --             95      2,052         379        4,791
                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
  Gross profit................................     --             16        420          82          955
 
Operating expenses:
  Sales and marketing.........................          3         68      1,501         629        3,433
  Product development and operations..........        130        230      1,528         415        1,611
  General and administrative..................         32        415        929         233        2,132
                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
    Total operating expenses..................        165        713      3,958       1,277        7,176
                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
Loss from operations..........................       (165)      (697)    (3,538)     (1,195)      (6,221)
 
    Interest income, net......................         22          8         53          19          150
                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
Net loss......................................  $    (143) $    (689) $  (3,485)  $  (1,176)   $  (6,071)
                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
 
Basic and diluted net loss per share..........  $   (0.03) $   (0.13) $   (0.46)  $   (0.18)   $   (0.54)
                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
 
Basic and diluted weighted average common
  shares outstanding..........................      5,333      5,333      7,514       6,438       11,279
                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
                                                ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                              DIGITAL RIVER, INC.
 
           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                          TOTAL
                                      PREFERRED STOCK        COMMON STOCK                                             STOCKHOLDERS'
                                     -----------------   --------------------   PAID-IN    DEFERRED     ACCUMULATED      EQUITY
                                      SHARES    AMOUNT     SHARES      AMOUNT   CAPITAL  COMPENSATION     DEFICIT       (DEFICIT)
                                     ---------  ------   -----------   ------   -------  ------------   -----------   -------------
<S>                                  <C>        <C>      <C>           <C>      <C>      <C>            <C>           <C>
Balance, December 31, 1994.........     --       $--        5,333       $ 53    $   725    $--            $    (8)       $   770
  Net loss.........................     --       --         --          --        --        --               (143)          (143)
                                     ---------  ------   -----------   ------   -------  ------------   -----------   -------------
 
Balance, December 31, 1995.........     --       --         5,333         53        725     --               (151)           627
  Issuance of warrant in exchange
    for financing services.........     --       --         --          --            4     --             --                  4
  Net loss.........................     --       --         --          --        --        --               (689)          (689)
                                     ---------  ------   -----------   ------   -------  ------------   -----------   -------------
 
Balance, December 31, 1996.........     --       --         5,333         53        729     --               (840)           (58)
  Convertible debentures exchanged
    for common stock...............     --       --         1,018         10        987     --             --                997
  Sales of common stock............     --       --         2,831         28      4,746     --             --              4,774
  Common stock issued in Fujitsu
    agreement......................     --       --            60          1        100     --             --                101
  Net loss.........................     --       --         --          --        --        --             (3,485)        (3,485)
                                     ---------  ------   -----------   ------   -------  ------------   -----------   -------------
 
Balance, December 31, 1997.........     --       --         9,242         92      6,562     --             (4,325)         2,329
  Sales of common stock
    (unaudited)....................     --       --         3,472         35      9,757     --             --              9,792
  Sales of preferred stock
    (unaudited)....................     1,500      15       --          --        2,810     --             --              2,825
  Deferred compensation related to
    stock options and warrants
    (unaudited)....................     --       --         --          --        2,599     (2,599)        --             --
  Deferred compensation expense
    (unaudited)....................     --       --         --          --        --         1,408         --              1,408
  Net loss (unaudited).............     --       --         --          --        --        --             (6,071)        (6,071)
                                     ---------  ------   -----------   ------   -------  ------------   -----------   -------------
 
Balance, June 30, 1998
  (unaudited)......................     1,500    $ 15      12,714       $127    $21,728    $(1,191)       $(10,396)      $10,283
                                     ---------  ------   -----------   ------   -------  ------------   -----------   -------------
                                     ---------  ------   -----------   ------   -------  ------------   -----------   -------------
</TABLE>
    
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                              DIGITAL RIVER, INC.
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,  FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                                 JUNE 30,
                                                        -------------------------------  ------------------------
                                                          1995       1996       1997        1997         1998
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
                                                                                         (UNAUDITED)  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                     <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>
Operating activities:
  Net loss............................................  $    (143) $    (689) $  (3,485)  $  (1,176)   $  (6,071)
  Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used
    in operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization.....................          5         35        195          59          259
    Deferred compensation expense.....................     --         --         --          --            1,408
    Common stock granted to Fujitsu...................     --         --            101      --           --
    Change in operating assets and liabilities;
      Accounts receivable and prepaid expenses........          1         (9)      (184)        (35)        (383)
      Accounts payable................................         (9)       108        607          50        1,124
      Accrued payroll and other accrued liabilities...          4         79        227          74          205
      Due to related party............................     --             67        (21)        (39)           9
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
        Net cash used in operating activities.........       (142)      (409)    (2,560)     (1,067)      (3,449)
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
 
Investing activities:
  Purchases of short-term investments.................     --         --         --          --           (4,894)
  Purchases of equipment..............................         (9)      (105)      (920)       (324)      (1,578)
  Patent acquisition costs............................        (41)       (28)       (64)        (42)         (23)
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
        Net cash used in investing activities.........        (50)      (133)      (984)       (366)      (6,495)
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
 
Financing activities:
  Sales of preferred and common stock.................     --         --          4,774       1,776       12,617
  Proceeds from convertible debentures................     --            998        147      --           --
  Payment of debt issuance costs and other............     --           (143)       (51)     --              (44)
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
        Net cash provided by financing activities.....     --            855      4,870       1,776       12,573
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash
  equivalents.........................................       (192)       313      1,326         343        2,629
 
Cash and cash equivalents,
  beginning of period.................................        679        487        800         800        2,126
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period..............  $     487  $     800  $   2,126   $   1,143    $   4,755
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
 
Noncash investing and financing activities:
  Convertible debentures exchanged for common stock,
    net of direct costs...............................  $  --      $  --      $     998   $     998    $  --
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
  The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
                                  statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                              DIGITAL RIVER, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1997
                (INCLUDING DATA APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
 
    Digital River, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its wholly owned
subsidiaries (collectively, the Company) have developed a technology platform
that allows it to provide a suite of electronic commerce services to its
software publisher and online retailer clients, including electronic software
delivery. Through contractual relationships with software publishers and online
retailers, the Company offers software products for sale via the Internet.
 
    The Company was incorporated in February 1994, and was considered a
development stage company through August 1996. The Company conducted its first
online sale through a clients' Web store in August 1996 and is still in the
early stages of development. The Company has experienced significant losses
since inception and has experienced significant negative cash flows from
operations. The Company anticipates that operating expenses will continue to
increase, resulting in continuing net losses and negative cash flows from
operations for the foreseeable future.
 
    The Company's prospects must be considered in light of the risks frequently
encountered by companies in their early stage of development, particularly
companies in new and rapidly evolving markets such as electronic commerce. To
address these risks, the Company must, among other things, maintain existing and
develop new relationships with independent software publishers and online
retailers, maintain and increase its client base, implement and successfully
execute its business and marketing strategy, continue to develop and upgrade its
technology and transaction-processing systems, provide superior customer service
and order fulfillment, respond to competitive developments, and attract, retain
and motivate qualified personnel. There can be no assurance that the Company
will be successful in addressing such risks, and the failure to do so could have
a material adverse effect on the Company's business, financial condition and
results of operations.
 
    PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
 
    The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Digital River,
Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and
transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
    INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
    The consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 1998 and the related
consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the six months ended
June 30, 1997 and 1998, and the consolidated statement of stockholders' equity
(deficit) for the six months ended June 30, 1998 are unaudited. Such unaudited
statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated
financial statements and in the opinion of management include all adjustments
(consisting of only normal recurring adjustments) necessary for the fair
presentation of the results for the interim periods presented. The results of
operations for the unaudited six months ended June 30, 1998 are not necessarily
indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire 1998 fiscal year.
 
    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
    The Company considers all short-term, highly liquid investments, primarily
money market accounts, that are readily convertible into known amounts of cash
and that have original maturities of three months or less to be cash
equivalents.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                              DIGITAL RIVER, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1997
                (INCLUDING DATA APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
(CONTINUED)
    SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS
 
    At June 30, 1998, short-term investments represent U.S. government treasury
bills maturing in less than one year and classified as available-for-sale. At
June 30, 1998, amortized cost approximated fair value and unrealized gains and
losses were insignificant.
 
    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property and equipment is stated at cost and is being depreciated under the
straight-line method using lives of three to seven years. Impairment losses are
recorded on long-lived assets used in operations when indicators of impairment
are present and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those
assets are less than the assets' carrying amount. Impairment losses are measured
by comparing the fair value of the assets, as determined by discounting the
future cash flows at a market rate of interest, to their carrying amount.
 
    PATENTS AND ORGANIZATION COSTS
 
    The costs of developing patents are amortized over a three-year period
utilizing the straight-line method of amortization once the patent application
is filed. Organization costs are being amortized using the straight-line method
over five years. Patents and organizational costs are included in other assets
on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets, net of accumulated amortization
of $33,000, $104,000 and $138,000 as of December 31, 1996, 1997 and June 30,
1998.
 
    DEBT ISSUANCE COSTS
 
    Debt issuance costs represent direct financing costs incurred in 1996 to
issue convertible debentures. These costs totalling $147,413 are included in
other assets as of December 31, 1996 and were offset against paid-in capital
upon the conversion of the convertible debentures to common stock in 1997.
 
    REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
   
    The Company derives its revenue primarily from sales of third-party
software. The Company has contractual relationships with its software publisher
and online retailer clients which obligate the Company to pay to the client a
specified percentage of each sale. Revenues from the sale of software products,
net of estimated returns, are recognized upon either the electronic delivery or
shipment of the physical product to the end-user. The amount payable to the
software publisher or online retailer is reported as cost of sales. The Company
bears full credit risk with respect to substantially all sales. For sales on
consignment, the Company takes title to merchandise, charges the customer's
credit card and arranges for a third party to complete delivery to the customer.
The Company records the full sales amount as revenue upon verification of credit
card authorization and shipment of the merchandise. Sales to foreign clients
accounted for 32% and 31% of sales for the years ended December 31, 1996 and
1997, respectively, and 31% and 33% for each of the six months ended June 30,
1997 and 1998. One client accounted for 18% of sales for the year ended December
31, 1997. For the six months ended June 30, 1998 there were two significant
clients which comprised 15% and 10% of sales for the period.
    
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                              DIGITAL RIVER, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1997
                (INCLUDING DATA APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
(CONTINUED)
    ADVERTISING COSTS
 
    The costs of advertising are charged to sales and marketing expense as
incurred. For the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997, the Company incurred
advertising expense of $7,000 and $292,000, respectively. No advertising expense
was incurred in 1995. Advertising expense totalled $167,000 and $1,109,000 for
the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1998.
 
    PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT
 
    Costs associated with the development of new products and services are
charged to operations as incurred. Those costs totalled $130,000, $230,000, and
$1,393,000 for the three years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997,
respectively. Product development costs totalled $368,000 and $946,000 for the
six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1998, respectively.
 
    NET LOSS PER SHARE
 
    The Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No.
128, "Earnings per Share," during 1997. All prior loss per share amounts are
presented in accordance with the new standard. Basic loss per common share is
computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of shares of common
stock outstanding during the year. The computation of diluted earnings per
common share, formerly referred to as fully diluted earnings per share, is
similar to the computation of basic loss per common share, except that the
denominator is increased for the assumed conversion of convertible securities
and the exercise of dilutive options using the treasury stock method. The
weighted average shares used in computing basic and diluted loss per share were
the same for the three years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997 and the six
months ended June 30, 1997 and 1998. Options, warrants and the Series A
Preferred Stock totalling 0, 344,210, 1,056,642, 712,480 and 3,335,095 for the
three years ended December 31, 1995, 1996 and 1997 and the six months ended June
30, 1997 and 1998, respectively, were excluded from the computation of earnings
per share as their effect is antidilutive.
 
   
    Pro forma net loss per share, assuming the conversion of all shares of
Series A preferred stock, issued in April 1998, into common stock upon the
consummation of the initial public offering, was $(0.53) for the six months
ended June 30, 1998.
    
 
    USE OF ESTIMATES
 
    The preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Ultimate results could differ from those estimates.
 
    RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
    The Financial Accounting Standards Board has released SFAS No. 130,
"Reporting Comprehensive Income," effective for the fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 1997. SFAS No. 130 establishes
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                              DIGITAL RIVER, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1997
                (INCLUDING DATA APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
(CONTINUED)
standards for reporting and display in the financial statements of total net
income and the components of all other nonowner changes in equity, referred to
as comprehensive income. The Company adopted SFAS No. 130 on January 1, 1998.
There was no impact to the Company as a result of the adoption of SFAS No. 130,
as there is no difference between the Company's net loss reported and the
comprehensive net loss for SFAS No. 130 for the periods presented.
 
    In March 1998, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee of the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA) issued Statement of Position
(SOP) 98-1, "Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained
for Internal Use," which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December
15, 1998. SOP 98-1 provides guidance on accounting for the costs of computer
software developed or obtained for internal use. The Company believes that the
adoption of SOP 98-1 will have no material impact on its financial condition or
results of operations.
 
    During April 1998, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee of the AICPA
issued SOP 98-5, "Reporting on the Costs of Start-Up Activities," which is
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1998. SOP 98-5 requires
companies to expense as incurred all start-up, preopening, and organizational
costs that are not otherwise capitalizable as long-lived assets. The Company
believes that the adoption of SOP 98-5 will have no material impact on its
financial condition or results of operations.
 
2. INCOME TAXES:
 
    Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference
between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using
currently enacted tax rates. No income taxes were paid in any of the years
presented.
 
    As of December 31, 1997, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards of
approximately $4,300,000. These income tax net operating loss carryforwards
expire beginning in the year 2009. Because of the uncertainty of future
profitability, a valuation allowance equal to the deferred tax asset has been
recorded.
 
    The components of deferred income taxes are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               1996       1997
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                          <C>        <C>
Net operating loss carryforwards...........................................  $     294  $   1,489
Nondeductible reserves and accruals........................................          3         11
Depreciation and amortization..............................................          5          5
Valuation allowance........................................................       (302)    (1,505)
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                             $  --      $  --
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                             ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    Ownership changes resulting from the conversion of debentures to common
stock and the issuance of additional equity will limit future annual realization
of the tax net operating loss carryforwards to a specified percentage of the
value of the Company under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                              DIGITAL RIVER, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1997
                (INCLUDING DATA APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
3. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
 
    STOCK SPLITS
 
    The Company effected an 8-for-1 split of its common stock in September, 1997
in the form of a stock dividend and on July 14, 1998 the Company declared a
2-for-3 reverse stock split of its common stock. All common share, per share and
weighted average share information has been restated to reflect the splits.
 
    SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK
 
    Series A preferred stock is convertible into common stock on a 2-for-3 basis
at the option of the holder. Upon the consummation of the Company's first
underwritten stock offering, the Series A preferred stock will be automatically
converted to common stock. Unaudited pro forma stockholders' equity reflects the
assumed conversion of the preferred stock into common stock as of June 30, 1998.
 
    Each share of Series A preferred stock has voting rights equivalent to
common shares. The Series A preferred stock also has a liquidation preference at
a fixed amount over common shares. Dividends are payable only to the extent that
dividends are declared on the Company's common stock.
 
    CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURES
 
    During 1996 the Company issued convertible debentures totalling $998,000.
These debentures were converted to common stock in February 1997 at a conversion
rate of $1.13 per share.
 
    WARRANTS
 
    Warrants to purchase 263,832 shares of common stock issued principally in
conjunction with sales of common stock at exercise prices ranging from $1.13 to
$3.00 per share were outstanding as of December 31, 1997. All warrants are
exercisable for a period of five years from their respective purchase dates.
Warrants to purchase 803,008 shares of common stock at exercise prices ranging
from $1.13 to $3.00 per share were outstanding as of June 30, 1998.
 
    In connection with certain advisory services provided by the preferred
stockholder to the Company, the Company issued a conditional warrant (the
"Conditional Warrant") that is exercisable, at any time after the date of the
Company's initial public offering and on or before the fifth anniversary of the
initial public offering. If the Company consummates its initial public offering
on or prior to December 31, 1998, the Conditional Warrant will represent the
right to purchase 100,000 shares of Common Stock at $3.00 per share. If the
Company consummates its initial public offering after December 31, 1998 but on
or prior to March 31, 1999 at a price per share greater than $22.50, then the
Conditional Warrant will represent the right to purchase 33,333 Shares of Common
Stock at $3.00 per share. The conditional warrant has been included in the
outstanding warrants as of June 30, 1998.
 
4. STOCK OPTIONS:
 
    The Company's 1998 Stock Option Plan (the "Option Plan") was adopted by the
Board of Directors in June 1998 as an amendment and restatement of the Amended
and Restated 1994 Stock Option Plan which had been adopted in 1997. The Option
Plan provides for the granting of stock options to purchase
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                              DIGITAL RIVER, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1997
                (INCLUDING DATA APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
4. STOCK OPTIONS: (CONTINUED)
up to 2,333,333 shares of common stock. Options granted to employees under the
plan expire no later than ten years after the date of grant. The exercise price
must be at least 100% of the fair market value of the shares at the date of
grant for incentive options. The Option Plan covers both incentive and
nonstatutory stock options. Incentive stock options granted to employees who
immediately before such grant owned stock directly or indirectly representing
more than 10% of the voting power of all the stock of the Company, expire no
later than five years from the grant date unless the option exercise price is at
least 110% of the fair market value of the stock.
 
    A summary of change in outstanding options under the Option Plan is as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      WEIGHTED
                                                                          OPTIONS      AVERAGE
                                                                        OUTSTANDING    $/SHARE
                                                                        -----------  -----------
<S>                                                                     <C>          <C>
Balance, December 31, 1995............................................      --        $  --
  Grants..............................................................     338,665         0.60
                                                                        -----------       -----
 
Balance, December 31, 1996............................................     338,665         0.60
  Grants..............................................................     496,817         1.66
  Cancelled...........................................................     (42,672)        1.69
                                                                        -----------       -----
 
Balance, December 31, 1997............................................     792,810         1.20
  Grants (unaudited)..................................................     768,611         3.18
  Cancelled (unaudited)...............................................     (29,334)        2.64
                                                                        -----------       -----
Balance, June 30, 1998 (unaudited)....................................   1,532,087    $    2.16
                                                                        -----------       -----
                                                                        -----------       -----
</TABLE>
 
    A summary of information about stock options outstanding at December 31,
1997 is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  OPTIONS OUTSTANDING          OPTIONS EXERCISABLE
              ----------------------------   ------------------------
  EXERCISE      NUMBER      WEIGHTED AVG.      NUMBER       WEIGHTED
   PRICE      OUTSTANDING   LIFE REMAINING   EXERCISABLE   AVG. PRICE
- ------------  -----------   --------------   -----------   ----------
<S>           <C>           <C>              <C>           <C>
$   0.38         239,999        4 years        186,666       $0.38
    1.13         183,999        9 years         94,667        1.13
    1.69         342,142      9.5 years         --           --
    3.00          26,670       10 years         --           --
- ------------  -----------   --------------   -----------     -----
$  0.38-3.00     792,810        8 years        281,333       $0.63
- ------------  -----------   --------------   -----------     -----
- ------------  -----------   --------------   -----------     -----
</TABLE>
 
   
    The Company recorded deferred compensation for the difference between the
grant price and the deemed fair value of the Company's common stock on options
to purchase 467,803 shares at exercise prices of $3.00 to $9.00 during May and
June 1998.
    
 
    The Company has elected to apply the disclosure-only provisions of SFAS No.
123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation." Accordingly, the Company
accounts for stock-based compensation using the
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                              DIGITAL RIVER, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1997
                (INCLUDING DATA APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
4. STOCK OPTIONS: (CONTINUED)
intrinsic value method prescribed in Accounting Principles Board Opinion (APB)
No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees," and related interpretations.
Compensation cost for stock options is measured as the excess, if any, of the
fair value of the Company's common stock at the date of grant over the stock
option exercise price. Had compensation costs for these plans been determined
consistent with SFAS No. 123, the Company's net loss would have been adjusted to
the following pro forma amounts:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               1996       1997
                                                                             ---------  ---------
                                                                                (IN THOUSANDS,
                                                                               EXCEPT PER SHARE
                                                                                    DATA)
<S>                                                                          <C>        <C>
Net loss:
  As reported..............................................................  $    (689) $  (3,485)
  Pro forma................................................................       (704)    (3,565)
 
Basic and diluted net loss per share:
  As reported..............................................................      (0.13)     (0.46)
  Pro forma................................................................      (0.13)     (0.47)
</TABLE>
 
    The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using
the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted average
assumptions used: risk-free interest rates of 6%; no expected dividends;
expected lives of five years; and a volatility factor of 1.1 and .7 in 1996 and
1997, respectively. The weighted average fair value of the options granted in
1996 and 1997 was $.48 and $1.04, respectively.
 
5. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS:
 
    As of June 30, 1998, the Company's President owned 49% of Tech Squared, Inc.
(Tech Squared) where he spends a portion of his time working as Tech Squared's
Chairman. Tech Squared, through a wholly-owned subsidiary, holds an option to
purchase 3,200,000 shares of the Company's common stock for $1.00 from the
Company's President. The Company currently conducts its operations in leased
facilities of Tech Squared. Rent and other direct expenses, including direct
labor costs, paid to Tech Squared totalled $52,000 and $160,000 in 1996 and
1997, respectively. No amounts were due under this arrangement in 1995. Rent and
other direct expenses totalled $48,000 and $124,000 for the six months ended
June 30, 1997 and 1998.
 
    During 1997, Tech Squared began performing fulfillment services for Digital
River on physical shipments of products, for which Digital River pays Tech
Squared a fulfillment fee. In 1997, Tech Squared billed Digital River $8,000 for
these services. For the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1998, the Company was
billed $0 and $47,000 for such services.
 
    In February 1998, two stockholders, one of which is a director of the
Company, entered into an agreement with the Company whereby the stockholders
will help establish and oversee the international operations for the Company for
a term of three years. As consideration for entering into the agreement, the
stockholders each received warrants to purchase 100,000 shares of common stock,
at $3.00 per share.
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                              DIGITAL RIVER, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1997
                (INCLUDING DATA APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
5. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS: (CONTINUED)
Deferred compensation has been reflected for the estimated fair value of the
services and will be recognized over the term of the agreement.
 
6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:
 
    In connection with an investment in the Company in 1994, Fujitsu Limited
(Fujitsu) obtained certain rights with respect to the Company's common stock and
the operations of the Company's business. In December, 1997, in exchange for the
issuance of 60,000 shares of the Company's common stock, Fujitsu agreed to
relinquish its rights with certain exceptions. Fujitsu retained the right to
designate one member to the Company's board of directors as long as its
ownership percentage is not less than 10% of the Company's common stock,
retained its prior share registration rights and retained certain technology
rights. In 1997, The Company recorded a charge to expense for the fair value of
the common shares issued totalling $101,250, based upon the most recent private
placement price per share of $1.69. As of June 30, 1998, Fujitsu held 16% of the
common stock of the Company.
 
    The United States Department of State and Department of Commerce restrict
the export of encrypting technology outside the United States. Although Digital
River does not currently believe its method of conducting business is impacted
to any significant degree by these restrictions, any significant change in these
rules or interpretations or any failure by Digital River to comply with existing
or future restrictions could have a material adverse impact on the business of
Digital River.
 
    YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE.  The Company uses a significant number of computer
software programs and operating systems in its internal operations. The use of
computer programs that rely on two-digit date programs to perform computations
and decision-making functions may cause computer systems to malfunction in the
year 2000 and lead to significant business delays and disruptions. While the
Company believes that the software applications that it uses or has developed
are year 2000 compliant, to the extent that any of these software applications
contain source code that is unable to appropriately interpret the upcoming
calendar year 2000, some level of modification or possible replacement of such
source code or applications will be necessary. The Company has analyzed the
software applications that it uses or has developed and, as a result, the
Company at this time does not anticipate any significant expense in ensuring
that they are year 2000 compliant. However, until the year 2000 arrives, the
Company cannot be absolutely certain that its analysis is correct. The Company
is currently unable to predict the extent to which the year 2000 issue will
affect its clients or suppliers, or the extent to which it would be vulnerable
to any failure by the clients or suppliers to remediate any year 2000 issues on
a timely basis. The failure of a client or a major supplier subject to the year
2000 to convert its systems on a timely basis or a conversion that is
incompatible with the Company's systems could have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. In
addition the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations
may be materially adversely affected to the extent its end-users are unable to
use their credit cards due to the year 2000 issues that are not rectified by
their credit card vendors.
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                              DIGITAL RIVER, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                           DECEMBER 31, 1996 AND 1997
                (INCLUDING DATA APPLICABLE TO UNAUDITED PERIODS)
 
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
7. SUBSEQUENT EVENT (UNAUDITED):
 
    The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a Form S-1
Registration Statement for the sale of 3,200,000 shares of common stock
(excluding the underwriter's overallotment option to purchase an additional
480,000 shares of common stock). The proceeds from the offering will be used for
general corporate purposes, including continued investment in product
development, expansion of sales and marketing activities and working capital.
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                                [Illustrations]
 
               PICTORIAL DEPICTION OF THE DIGITAL RIVER CLIENT
               NETWORK, DEPICTING HOW END-USERS ARE CONNECTED TO
               DIGITAL RIVER'S CNS THROUGH EITHER SOFTWARE
               PUBLISHER OR ONLINE RETAILER CLIENTS.
<PAGE>
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
 
    NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR ANY OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS,
AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED
UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR ANY OF THE UNDERWRITERS. THIS
PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER OF ANY SECURITIES OTHER THAN THOSE TO
WHICH IT RELATES OR AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY, TO
ANY PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE SUCH AN OFFER OR SOLICITATION WOULD BE
UNLAWFUL. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER
SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE INFORMATION
CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY DATE SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF.
 
                                 --------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   PAGE
                                                 ---------
<S>                                              <C>
Prospectus Summary.............................          3
Risk Factors...................................          6
Use of Proceeds................................         17
Dividend Policy................................         17
Capitalization.................................         18
Dilution.......................................         19
Selected Consolidated Financial Data...........         20
Management's Discussion and Analysis of
  Financial Condition and Results of
  Operations...................................         21
Business.......................................         28
Management.....................................         39
Certain Transactions...........................         47
Principal Stockholders.........................         51
Description of Capital Stock...................         53
Shares Eligible for Future Sale................         55
Underwriting...................................         57
Legal Matters..................................         58
Experts........................................         58
Additional Information.........................         58
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements.....        F-1
</TABLE>
    
 
                                 --------------
 
    UNTIL             , 1998 (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS), ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY, WHETHER OR
NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS
WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
                                3,200,000 SHARES
 
                                      [LOGO]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
                                ----------------
 
                              P R O S P E C T U S
                                ----------------
 
                                 BT ALEX. BROWN
 
                         BANCAMERICA ROBERTSON STEPHENS
 
                            BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.
 
                                           , 1998
 
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------
                                     -------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
    The following table sets forth all expenses, other than the underwriting
discounts and commissions, payable by the Registrant in connection with the sale
of the shares of Common Stock being registered. All the amounts shown are
estimates except for the registration fee, the NASD filing fee and the Nasdaq
National Market application fee.
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>
Registration fee..................................................  $  13,028
NASD filing fee...................................................      4,916
Nasdaq National Market listing fee................................     95,000
Blue sky qualification fee and expenses...........................      5,000
Printing and engraving expenses...................................    115,000
Legal fees and expenses...........................................    350,000
Accounting fees and expenses......................................    100,000
Transfer agent and registrar fees.................................     10,000
Miscellaneous.....................................................      7,056
                                                                    ---------
    Total.........................................................  $ 700,000
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS.
 
    As permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the
Bylaws of the Company provide that (i) the Company is required to indemnify its
directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware
General Corporation Law, (ii) the Company may, in its discretion, indemnify
other officers, employees and agents as set forth in the Delaware General
Corporation Law, (iii) to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General
Corporation Law, the Company is required to advance all expenses incurred by its
directors and executive officers in connection with a legal proceeding (subject
to certain exceptions), (iv) the rights conferred in the Bylaws are not
exclusive, (v) the Company is authorized to enter into indemnification
agreements with its directors, officers, employees and agents and (vi) the
Company may not retroactively amend the Bylaws provisions relating to indemnity.
 
    The Company has entered into agreements with its directors and executive
officers that require the Company to indemnify such persons against expenses,
judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts that such person becomes legally
obligated to pay (including expenses of a derivative action) in connection with
any proceeding, whether actual or threatened, to which any such person may be
made a party by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or
officer of the Company or any of its affiliated enterprises, provided such
person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be
in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. The indemnification
agreements also set forth certain procedures that will apply in the event of a
claim for indemnification thereunder.
 
    The Underwriting Agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration
Statement provides for indemnification by the Underwriters of the Registrant and
its officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), or otherwise.
 
ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
 
    (a) Since February 9, 1994, the Registrant has sold and issued the following
unregistered securities:
 
   
        (1) From February 9, 1994 to July 31, 1998, the Company sold an
    aggregate of 12,713,715 shares of Common Stock to certain investors for an
    aggregate purchase price of $17,520,651.
    
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
   
        (2) From February 9, 1994 to July 31, 1998, the Company granted stock
    options to employees, directors and consultants covering an aggregate of
    2,082,087 shares of the Company's Common Stock (net of cancellations), at
    exercise prices varying from $0.38 to $11.00. To date there have been no
    exercise of any options.
    
 
   
        (3) From February 9, 1994 to July 31, 1998, the Company has issued
    warrants to purchase 803,008 shares of Common Stock with a weighted average
    exercise price of $2.52.
    
 
   
        (4) In April 1998, the Company sold 1,500,000 shares of the Company's
    Series A Preferred Stock (which will convert into 1,000,000 shares of Common
    Stock upon consummation of this offering) to Wasserstein, Adelson Ventures,
    L.P. for an aggregate purchase price of $3,000,000.
    
 
    The sales and issuances of securities in the transactions described above
were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Act in reliance upon
Section 4(2) of the Act, Regulation D promulgated thereunder, Regulation S
promulgated thereunder, or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Act,
as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or transactions
pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as
provided under Rule 701. The recipients of securities in each such transaction
represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and
not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and
appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in such transactions.
All recipients had adequate access, through their relationship with the Company,
to information about the Registrant.
 
    (b) There were no underwritten offerings employed in connection with any of
the transactions set forth in Item 15(a).
 
ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
    (a) EXHIBITS.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT
- ------ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>    <S>
**1.1  Form of Underwriting Agreement.
 
**3.1  Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
 
**3.2  Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of the
         Registrant, as currently in effect.
 
**3.3  Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
 
**3.4  Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
         Registrant to be filed upon completion of this offering.
 
**3.5  Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant to be filed upon
         completion of this offering.
 
  3.6  Form of Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of the
         Registrant, to be filed prior to completion of this offering.
 
  4.1  Specimen Stock Certificate.
 
  5.1  Opinion of Cooley Godward LLP.
 
**10.1 Form of Indemnity Agreement between Registrant and each of its directors
         and executive officers.
 
**10.2 1998 Stock Option Plan.
 
+10.3  Distributor Agreement dated April 23, 1997 by and between Corel
         Corporation and the Registrant.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT
- ------ --------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>    <S>
**10.4 Employment and Non-Competition Agreement effective May 25, 1998 by and
         between Joel A. Ronning and the Registrant.
 
**10.5 Fujitsu Modification Agreement dated December 11, 1997 by and between Joel
         A. Ronning, the Registrant, Fujitsu Limited and MacUSA, Inc.
 
**10.6 Heads of Agreement for International Agreement dated February 25, 1998 by
         and between Christopher J. Sharples, David A. Taylor and the Registrant.
 
**10.7 Stock Subscription Warrant for Shares of Common Stock dated February 26,
         1998 by and between Christopher Sharples and Registrant.
 
**10.8 Termination of Lease Letter dated April 30, 1998 by and between Tech
         Squared, Inc. and Registrant.
 
 10.9  Services Agreement dated July 30, 1998 by and between Tech Squared, Inc.
         and Registrant.
 
**10.10 Stock Option Agreement dated December 28, 1995 by and between Joel A.
         Ronning and MacUSA, Inc.
 
**10.11 Form of Registration Rights Agreement by and between Wasserstein, Adelson
         Ventures, L.P., certain other investors and Registrant.
 
**10.12 Form of Conditional Warrant to Purchase Common Stock dated April 22, 1998
         by and between Wasserstein, Adelson Ventures, L.P. and Registrant.
 
**10.13 Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock by and between certain investors
         and Registrant.
 
**10.14 Form of Registration Rights Agreement by and between certain investors and
         Registrant.
 
**10.15 Consent to Assignment and Assumption of Lease dated April 22, 1998 by and
         between CSM Investors, Inc., IntraNet Integration Group, Inc. and
         Registrant.
 
 10.16 Employment Agreement effective July 30, 1998 by and between Perry W.
         Steiner and the Registrant.
 
**21.1 Subsidiaries of Digital River, Inc.
 
 23.1  Consent of Independent Public Accountants.
 
 23.2  Consent of Cooley Godward LLP (reference is made to Exhibit 5.1).
 
**24.1 Power of Attorney. Reference is made to the signature page.
 
 27.1  Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
*   To be filed by amendment.
 
+   Confidential treatment requested for portions of these exhibits. Omitted
    portions have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange
    Commission.
 
**  Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Registration Statement.
 
    (b) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
    Schedules not listed above are omitted because they are not required, they
are not applicable or the information is already included in the Consolidated
Financial Statements or Notes thereto.
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS.
 
    The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide the Underwriters at
the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement certificates in such
denominations and registered in such names as required by the Underwriters to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Act may be
permitted to directors, officers, and controlling persons of the Registrant
pursuant to the provisions described in Item 14 or otherwise, the Registrant has
been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the Registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit, or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer, or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public
policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of
such issue.
 
    The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that: (1) for purposes of
determining any liability under the Act, the information omitted from the form
of prospectus as filed as part of the registration statement in reliance upon
Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant
pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Act shall be deemed to be
part of the registration statement as of the time it was declared effective, (2)
for the purpose of determining any liability under the Act, each post-effective
amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new
registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and this
offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial BONA
FIDE offering thereof, and (3) to remove from registration by means of a
post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain
unsold at the termination of the offering.
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
Registrant has caused this Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City
of Edina, State of Minnesota, on the 31st day of July 1998.
    
 
   
                                DIGITAL RIVER, INC.
 
                                By:             /s/ JOEL A. RONNING
                                     -----------------------------------------
                                                  Joel A. Ronning
                                        CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND DIRECTOR
 
    
 
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this
Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement has been signed below by the
following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
    
 
   
          SIGNATURE                       TITLE                    DATE
- ------------------------------  --------------------------  -------------------
     /s/ JOEL A. RONNING        Chief Executive Officer
- ------------------------------    and Director (Principal      July 31, 1998
       Joel A. Ronning            Executive Officer)
 
                                Chief Financial Officer
    /s/ ROBERT E. STRAWMAN        and Treasurer (Principal
- ------------------------------    Financial and Accounting     July 31, 1998
      Robert E. Strawman          Officer)
 
      *PERRY W. STEINER
- ------------------------------  President and Director         July 31, 1998
       Perry W. Steiner
 
      *THOMAS F. MADISON
- ------------------------------  Director                       July 31, 1998
      Thomas F. Madison
 
    *CHARLES E. REESE, JR.
- ------------------------------  Director                       July 31, 1998
    Charles E. Reese, Jr.
 
   *CHRISTOPHER J. SHARPLES
- ------------------------------  Director                       July 31, 1998
   Christopher J. Sharples
 
       *J. PAUL THORIN
- ------------------------------  Director                       July 31, 1998
        J. Paul Thorin
 
      *TIMOTHY C. CHOATE
- ------------------------------  Director                       July 31, 1998
      Timothy C. Choate
 
    
 
<TABLE>
<S>   <C>                        <C>                         <C>
*By:   /s/ ROBERT E. STRAWMAN
      -------------------------
         Robert E. Strawman
         (ATTORNEY-IN-FACT)
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
  NUMBER    DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT
- ----------  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>         <S>
    **1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
 
    **3.1   Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
 
    **3.2   Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
 
    **3.3   Bylaws of the Registrant, as currently in effect.
 
    **3.4   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant to be filed upon
              completion of this offering.
 
    **3.5   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant to be filed upon completion of this offering.
 
      3.6   Form of Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant to be filed prior
              to the completion of this offering.
 
      4.1   Specimen Stock Certificate.
 
      5.1   Opinion of Cooley Godward LLP.
 
   **10.1   Form of Indemnity Agreement between Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
 
   **10.2   1998 Stock Option Plan.
 
    +10.3   Distributor Agreement dated April 23, 1997 by and between Corel Corporation and the Registrant.
 
   **10.4   Employment and Non-Competition Agreement effective May 25, 1998 by and between Joel A. Ronning and the
              Registrant.
 
   **10.5   Fujitsu Modification Agreement dated December 11, 1997 by and between Joel A. Ronning, the Registrant,
              Fujitsu Limited and MacUSA, Inc.
 
   **10.6   Heads of Agreement for International Agreement dated February 25, 1998 by and between Christopher J.
              Sharples, David A. Taylor and the Registrant.
 
   **10.7   Stock Subscription Warrant for Shares of Common Stock dated February 26, 1998 by and between
              Christopher Sharples and Registrant.
 
   **10.8   Termination of Lease Letter dated April 30, 1998 by and between Tech Squared, Inc. and Registrant.
 
     10.9   Services Agreement dated July 30, 1998 by and between Tech Squared, Inc. and Registrant.
 
   **10.10  Stock Option Agreement dated December 28, 1995 by and between Joel A. Ronning and MacUSA, Inc.
 
   **10.11  Form of Registration Rights Agreement by and between Wasserstein, Adelson Ventures, L.P., certain
              other investors and Registrant.
 
   **10.12  Form of Conditional Warrant to Purchase Common Stock dated April 22, 1998 by and between Wasserstein,
              Adelson Ventures, L.P. and Registrant.
 
   **10.13  Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock by and between certain investors and Registrant.
 
   **10.14  Form of Registration Rights Agreement by and between certain investors and Registrant.
 
   **10.15  Consent to Assignment and Assumption of Lease dated April 22, 1998 by and between CSM Investors, Inc.,
              IntraNet Integration Group, Inc. and Registrant.
 
   **21.1   Subsidiaries of Digital River, Inc.
 
     23.1   Consent of Independent Public Accountants.
</TABLE>
    
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT
  NUMBER    DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT
- ----------  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>         <S>
     23.2   Consent of Cooley Godward LLP (reference is made to Exhibit 5.1).
 
   **24.1   Power of Attorney. Reference is made to the signature page.
 
     27.1   Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>
    
 
- ------------------------
 
*   To be filed by amendment.
 
+   Confidential treatment requested for portions of these exhibits. Omitted
    portions have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange
    Commission.
 
**  Previously filed as an Exhibit to the Registration Statement.
 
    (b) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
    Schedules not listed above are omitted because they are not required, they
are not applicable or the information is already included in the Consolidated
Financial Statements or Notes thereto.

<PAGE>

                           CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
                                      OF
                         CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                      OF
                              DIGITAL RIVER, INC.

     DIGITAL RIVER, INC., a corporation organized and existing under the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, does hereby certify as
follows:

     FIRST:  The name of the corporation is DIGITAL RIVER, INC.

     SECOND:  The original Certificate of Incorporation of the corporation was
filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on September 25,
1997.  A Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation was filed
with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on April 21, 1998.

     THIRD:  The following amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation was
duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 141(f) and 242 of
the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "General Corporation
Law") by resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of this Corporation
and was approved by the stockholders as provided in Section 228 of the General
Corporation Law.

     FOURTH: The heading and first paragraph of Article 4 of the Certificate of
Incorporation is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the
following:

                                  "ARTICLE 4.

                                 CAPITAL STOCK

          The Corporation is authorized to issue sixty six million six
     hundred sixty six thousand six hundred sixty seven (66,666,667)
     shares of all classes, consisting of (i) sixty five million one
     hundred sixty six thousand six hundred sixty seven (65,166,667)
     shares of Common Stock, One Cent ($.01) per share par value (the
     "Common Stock"), and (ii) one million five hundred thousand
     (1,500,000) shares of Preferred Stock, One Cent ($.01) per share par
     value (the "Preferred Stock"), to be held, sold, and paid for at such
     times and in such manner as the Board of Directors may from time to
     time determine, in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.
     Upon the filing of this Certificate of Amendment, every two (2)
     shares of Common Stock outstanding shall be combined into three (3)
     shares of Common Stock; provided, however, that the Corporation shall
     issue no fractional shares of Common Stock, but shall instead pay to
     any stockholder who would be entitled to receive a fractional share
     as a result of the actions set forth herein a sum in cash equal to
     the fair market value of such fractional share. Of the Preferred
     Stock, one million five hundred thousand (1,500,000) shares shall be
     designated as "Series A Preferred Stock." The Series A Preferred
     Stock shall have the following designations, preferences, and other
     rights:"

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, DIGITAL RIVER, INC. has caused this Certificate of
Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its President and
Chief Executive Officer and Secretary in Edina, Minnesota this _____day of
August, 1998.



                                      DIGITAL RIVER, INC.
 
                                      
                                      ---------------------------------------
                                      Joel Ronning
                                      President and Chief Executive Officer


Attest:


- ------------------------------
Name:     Gregory R. Smith
Title:    Secretary








<PAGE>

                                                          EXHIBIT 4.1

FRONT

DIGITAL RIVER, INC.

COMMON STOCK     COMMON STOCK

DRIV

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

SEE REVERSE FOR
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

CUSIP 25388B 10 4

THIS CERTIFIES THAT     IS THE OWNER OF

FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF THE COMMON STOCK, $0.01 PAR VALUE, OF
DIGITAL RIVER, INC.
transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder hereof in person 
or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly 
endorsed. This Certificate is not valid until countersigned and registered by 
the Transfer Agent and Registrar.
WITNESS the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers.
Dated:

SECRETARY     PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:
NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, N.A.
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

BY

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE



BACK

DIGITAL RIVER, INC.

A statement of the powers, designations, preferences and relative, 
participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or 
series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such 
preferences and/or rights as established, from time to time, by the 
Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation and by any certificate of 
designation, and the number of shares constituting each class and series and 
the designations thereof, may be obtained by the holder hereof upon request 
and without charge from the Corporation at its principal office.

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this 
certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full 
according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM       as tenants in common
TEN ENT       as tenants by the entireties
JT TEN        as joint tenants with right of
survivorship and not as tenants in common


UNIF GIFT MIN ACT   ................... Custodian.......................
(Cust)              (Minor)
under Uniform Gifts to Minors

Act..............................................................
(State)
UNIF TRF MIN ACT................. Custodian (until age ................)
(Cust)
 .................... under Uniform Transfers
(Minor)
To Minors Act...............................
(State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,
hereby sell, assign and transfer unto


<PAGE>

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE


(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

Shares of the common stock represented by the within Certificate, and do 
hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint


Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named 
Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises. Dated

NOTICE:

THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN 
UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR 
ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.

Signature(s) Guaranteed

By
THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION 
(BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH 
MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO 
S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.




<PAGE>

                                     [LETTERHEAD]




July 30, 1998

Digital River, Inc.
5198 West 76th Street
Edina, MN  55439

Ladies and Gentlemen:

You have requested our opinion with respect to certain matters in connection
with the filing by Digital River, Inc. (the "Company") of a Registration
Statement on Form S-1 (the "Registration Statement") with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the "Commission"), covering an underwritten public offering
of up to 3,680,000 shares of Common Stock (the "Common Stock").

In connection with this opinion, we have (i) examined and relied upon the
Registration Statement and related Prospectus, the Company's Certificate of
Incorporation, as amended, and Bylaws, and the originals or copies certified to
our satisfaction of such records, documents, certificates, memoranda and other
instruments as in our judgment are necessary or appropriate to enable us to
render the opinion expressed below, (ii) assumed that the Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation and the Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of
Incorporation as set forth in Exhibit 3.4 and Exhibit 3.6, respectively, of the
Registration Statement, shall have been duly approved and filed with the office
of the Delaware Secretary of State and (iii) that the shares of Common Stock
will be sold by the Underwriters at a price established by the Pricing Committee
of the Board of Directors of the Company.

On the basis of the foregoing, and in reliance thereon, we are of the opinion
that the Common Stock, when sold and issued in accordance with the Registration
Statement and related Prospectus, will be validly issued, fully paid and
nonassessable.

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Legal Matters" in the
Prospectus included in the Registration Statement and to the filing of this
opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement.

Very truly yours,

Cooley Godward LLP

By   /s/ Michael J. Sullivan
  ------------------------------------
     Michael J. Sullivan

<PAGE>

                                                 EXHIBIT 10.3


                                      CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION 
                                      CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY 
                                      BRACKETS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED 
                                      SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND 
                                      EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO RULE 
                                      406 OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS 
                                      AMENDED.


                               DISTRIBUTOR AGREEMENT

This Agreement made as of this 23rd day of April, 1997, by and between Corel 
Corporation (USA) ("COREL") having its principal place of business at 567 
East Timpanogos Parkway, Orem, Utah, 84057 (Tel: 801-765-4010; Fax: 
801-222-4379) and Digital River, Inc.  ("Distributor"), having its principal 
place of business at 5198 West 76th Street, Edina, Minnesota (Tel:     
612-832-5622; Fax: 612-830-1154).

BACKGROUND:

1.     COREL desires to secure distribution of certain of its software; and
2.     Distributor desires to obtain certain software from COREL for
       distribution.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and
obligations contained herein the parties agree as follows:


1.     INTERPRETATION

1.01   DEFINITIONS.  As used herein:

       (a)     "Agreement" means this Agreement and any Schedule attached
               hereto.
       (b)     "Customer", means any individual or entity who purchases Software
               from Distributor, including an End User.
       (c)     "Distributor System" or "Electronic Commerce System" means the
               system used by Distributor for the receipt and delivery of 
               on-line orders for the Software and processing of credit card
               information for all Software orders by Customers.
       (d)     "Electronic Software Distribution" means the electronic delivery
               of Products, using on line services, the Internet, phone lines,
               cable systems, servers, satellite, or other public or private
               access network or electronic communication mediums.
       (e)     "Electronic Distributor Materials" means Distributor-provided
               computer readable materials which have received prior written
               approval from COREL to be included in a Product.
       (f)     "End User License Agreement (EULA)" means COREL's end user
               license, as modified by COREL from time to time.
       (g)     "Hard Goods" means any tangible item other than Schedule "B"
               Software which is offered for sale or distribution by COREL and
               Distributor pursuant to this Agreement.
       (h)     "Product" means a copy of the Schedule "A" Software,
               Documentation, End User License Agreement, and any Electronic
               Distributor Materials packaged in computer readable form for
               Electronic Software Distribution in accordance with the terms of
               this Agreement.
       (i)     "Software" means collectively, the object code version of the
               COREL software Products listed in Schedule "B" ("Schedule "B"
               Software") and the object code version in any form or format of
               any of the COREL software Products listed in

<PAGE>


               Schedule "A" ("Schedule "A" Software").  In those instances where
               the term "Software" is used, such reference shall include both
               schedule "A" and Schedule "B" software.  In those instances where
               only Schedule "A" or Schedule "B" Software is indicated, such
               reference shall refer only to that software so specified.
       (j)     "Software Prices" means the amount payable by Distributor
               pursuant to section 7 of this agreement and according to the
               pricing schedule set out in Schedule "A" and Schedule "B" for
               each copy of the Software which is distributed by Distributor.
       (k)     "Territory" means world-wide subject to section 5.04 herein.


2.     APPOINTMENT

2.01   LICENSE AND APPOINTMENT.  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof,
       COREL hereby grants to Distributor and Distributor accepts from COREL:

       2.01.1  REPRODUCTION - a non-exclusive license to reproduce Schedule "A" 
       Software only in computer readable form for the purposes of distribution
       only through Electronic Software Distribution as part of a Product;
       
       2.01.2  DISTRIBUTION - the exclusive right to distribute and resell the
       Schedule "A" Software, Schedule "B" Software, and Hard Goods to Customers
       within the Territory for sales originating from or through COREL's web 
       site. Distributor agrees not to distribute the Schedule "A" Software 
       other than in computer readable form as part of a Product.

2.02   INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY.  Distributor acknowledges that COREL is the owner
       of all intellectual property, including, without limitation, copyright,
       relating to the Software and the trade-marks used in association with
       the Software.  Distributor shall have no rights in respect of such
       copyright other than to act as a distributor of the Software to deliver
       the Software subject to the End User Licenses.

2.03   END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT.  Distributor shall ensure that each copy of
       the Software is distributed with a copy of the End User License 
       Agreement.


3.     TRADEMARKS

3.01   COREL MARKS.  During the term of this Agreement, COREL grants
       Distributor a non-exclusive license to use the COREL Marks for the 
       distribution and marketing of the Software.

3.02   NON-ALTERATION.  Distributor agrees not to alter the trademarks, trade
       names, copyright notices and designs of any Software.  Distributor 
       acknowledges and agrees that COREL retains all of is right, title and 
       interest in the COREL Marks, and all use of the COREL Marks by 
       Distributor shall inure to the benefit of COREL.

<PAGE>


                                            *CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED


3.03   MARK POLICIES AND STANDARDS.  Distributor shall display the COREL Marks
       in accordance with COREL's Guidelines for Using Trademarks in effect 
       from time to time.  COREL retains the right to specify and approve the 
       quality and standards of all materials on which the COREL Marks are 
       displayed and to inspect from time to time samples of such materials. 
       Failure of Distributor to adhere to such standards of quality shall be 
       grounds for COREL to terminate Distributor's rights to use such COREL 
       Marks and to terminate this Agreement.  In order to enable COREL to 
       protect its rights in the COREL Marks, Distributor will advise COREL 
       of every country in which it markets or distributes the Software. 

3.04   VALIDITY AND ENFORCEABILITY OF MARKS.  Distributor shall not at any time
       during or after this Agreement assert any claim or interest in or to 
       any of the COREL Marks or institute any proceeding reasonably 
       calculated to adversely affect the validity or enforceability of any 
       of the COREL Marks.  Distributor shall not register, seek to register, 
       or cause to be registered any of COREL's trademarks, logos, or 
       copyrights, including the COREL Marks, without COREL's prior written 
       consent.  Distributor shall not adopt or use such trademark, trade 
       names, logos or insignia, or any confusingly similar work or symbol, 
       as part of Distributor's company or partnership name.

3.05   INFRINGEMENT AND FURTHER ASSURANCE.  Distributor agrees to report all
       infringement or improper or unauthorized use of COREL's trademarks, trade
       names, logos or insignia, including the COREL Marks which come to the 
       attention of Distributor.  Distributor further agrees to execute all 
       documents and further assurances reasonably required by COREL to 
       register or protect COREL's rights.


4.     TERM OF AGREEMENT

4.01   EFFECTIVE DATE.  This Agreement shall be effective as of the date first
       written above.

4.02   INITIAL TERM.  The initial term of this Agreement shall commence upon
       the date first written above and shall continue, subject to section 13, 
       for a period of twelve (12) months from such date.

4.03   RENEWAL.  Subject to section 13, this Agreement shall be renewed for
       subsequent periods of twelve (12) months at the end of the prior 
       twelve (12) months term unless either party notifies the other at least 
       [    *    ] prior to the expiration of the term that it does not wish to
       renew the Agreement for a further twelve (12) months term.


5.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF DISTRIBUTOR

5.01   ACCEPTANCE OF EULA.  Distributor shall display to Customer the
       applicable End User License Agreement ("EULA") as provided by COREL for 
       the Schedule "A" Software

<PAGE>


       prior to download of the Schedule "A" Software by Customer.  Distributor
       shall require all Customers to either accept or reject the terms and
       conditions of the EULA via a point and click mechanism or other
       mechanism acceptable to COREL prior to download and in the event
       Customer rejects the EULA, Customer shall not be permitted to download
       or purchase the Schedule "A" Software.  Distributor agrees that the
       mechanism used by Distributor to require Customers to accept or reject
       the EULA shall be in a form which will record and store all Customer's
       acceptance of the EULA for future reference.

5.02   RESTRICTIONS.  Distributor shall distribute the Schedule "A" Software
       only in the form provided by COREL as part of a Product, and shall 
       distribute the Schedule "B" Software only in the form provided by 
       COREL, and shall not alter the Software, Software packaging thereof or 
       End User License or any part thereof except as provided in section 
       5.03.  Distributor shall not rent the Software or Products or 
       knowingly distribute or resell to anyone who rents same or infringes 
       COREL's rights.  Should Distributor become aware of or receive notice 
       from COREL, Distributor shall immediately discontinue all distribution 
       of Software to Customers who rent same or infringe COREL's rights.  
       Distributor shall impose this same restriction on all Customers, other 
       than end users, who purchase Software from Distributor.

5.03   DISTRIBUTOR MATERIALS.  Distributor shall be entitled to add Electronic
       Distributor Materials in the electronic package which shall include 
       only the Schedule "A" Software, Documentation and End User License 
       Agreement, provided that the additions in no way alter the features or 
       functionality of the Schedule "A" Software except as permitted and 
       authorized in writing by COREL, nor create any obligations, warranties 
       or representations on behalf of COREL.  In no event shall Distributor 
       be permitted to modify the End User License Agreement.  Distributor 
       may append code, data files, serialization, or ancillary software 
       programs to the Schedule "A" Software, or encapsulate the Schedule "A" 
       Software in an electronic envelope, for the purpose of performing 
       Electronic Software Distribution, maintaining or preserving Customer 
       information, or authenticating the purchase and distribution of 
       Schedule "A" Software.  To the extent the distribution and purchase of 
       Schedule "A" Software is authorized by COREL, Distributor may modify 
       the functionality of the Schedule "A" Software to allow limited-time 
       or limited-functionality trial use or similar "try-before-buy" uses of 
       the Schedule "A" Software.

5.04   COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS.  Distributor shall comply with all laws, rules,
       regulations and industry standards existing with respect to the 
       Software and the performance by Distributor of its obligations 
       hereunder in the jurisdictions where Distributor carries on activities 
       under this Agreement and where Software is resold or distributed from 
       time to time. Distributor shall not export the Software unless such 
       export complies with any applicable export laws and regulations as 
       they apply to the Software.

5.05   REPORTS.  Distributor shall provide COREL with monthly reports detailing 
       information on its distribution of all Software and inventory costs of
       Schedule "B" Software.  Upon COREL's request for credit purposes,
       Distributor shall provide a copy of the current financial statement
       within (7) days.

<PAGE>


                                            *CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

5.06   UPGRADES.  In the distribution by Distributor of any Software upgrades,
       Distributor shall comply with all requirements on the resale of such 
       upgrades which COREL generally imposes on other distributors of 
       upgrades.  Distributor shall impose this same restriction on all 
       Customers other than End Users, who purchase upgrades from Distributor.

5.07   CUSTOMER SUPPORT.  Distributor shall support connections by Customers 
       using Internet browsers with Windows(R) 3.1; Windows(R) 95; Windows(R) 
       NT, Macintosh(R), UNIX, and OS/2 operating systems, or other operating 
       systems as agreed to by COREL and Distributor.  Distributor shall 
       provide all Electronic Software Distribution and download support for 
       the Schedule "A" Software to Customers.  In addition, Distributor 
       shall provide all support necessary for online commercial transactions 
       engaged in by Customers accessing Distributor's Web Site or utilizing 
       the Distributor System.

5.08   DISTRIBUTOR WEB SITE.  Distributor shall maintain Distributor Web Site
       sufficient to provide Customers access to Distributor's Web Site 24 
       hours per day, 7 days per week to enable Electronic Software 
       Distribution of Schedule "A" Software to Customers or the purchase of 
       Schedule "B" Software by Customers.  Distributor shall provide all 
       hardware programming logistics for Distributor System and Distributor 
       Web Site including, but not limited to, integrated shopping basket, 
       credit card processing, Hard Goods fulfillment and COREL Club 
       Memberships.

5.09   PRESS RELEASES.  Distributor agrees that all information released to the
       media or the general public, including press releases and communications
       with  COREL Club members or Customers, shall require prior written 
       approval  by COREL.

5.10   DEDICATED DATABASE.  Distributor shall develop and maintain a COREL 
       dedicated Oracle 7 database, or other form of database as required by 
       COREL from time to time, which shall contain all Customer information 
       collected by Distributor ("Dedicated Database").  Distributor shall 
       not maintain any third party information on the Dedicated Database.  
       COREL shall be entitled to immediate onsite access to the Dedicated 
       Database with twenty-four (24) hour notice to review the contents 
       thereof, including all current reports and data.  Distributor agrees 
       that: (i) all information collected by Distributor on the Dedicated 
       Database is the Proprietary Information of COREL and shall be governed 
       by Section 8 herein; (ii) upon termination or expiration of this 
       Agreement, Distributor shall immediately provide all information 
       contained on the Dedicated Database, and any other Customer 
       information under the possession or control of Distributor, to COREL; 
       (iii) Distributor is [    *    ] information; and (iv) COREL is in no way
       restricted in the use of the Dedicated Database or Customer 
       information.  Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, 
       Distributor may retain a copy of the Customer information contained in 
       the Dedicated database for verification purposes regarding this 
       Agreement, and the limitations contained in Sections 5.10 and 8 
       regarding the disclosure and use of Customer information do not apply 
       to data obtained or identified by Distributor which can be 
       demonstrated as arising from or within a third party or independent 
       source.

<PAGE>


                                           *CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

5.11   REPORTS.  Distributor shall provide to COREL a quarterly database report
       and on-going Distributor System reports as more fully described in 
       Schedule "D" hereto.

5.12   LOCALIZATION.  In the event COREL determines that Distributor's Web Site
       should be localized, all localization shall be done by COREL, and all 
       ownership of the localized works and intellectual property rights in 
       the localized works, including without limitation copyright relating 
       to the localized works and trademarks used in association with the 
       localized works, but excluding any intellectual property rights in or 
       related to Distributor's electronic commerce or software distribution 
       system, shall remain the property of COREL.

5.13   ACCOUNT MANAGER.  Distributor agrees to assign a dedicated COREL account
       manager as the point of contact for COREL.

5.14   COREL EMPLOYEES.  Distributor agrees that any COREL employee shall be
       permitted to download COREL photoimages from Distributor Web Site 
       without charge. Distributor shall not be responsible for the 
       unauthorized downloading, distribution, or use of such photoimages 
       performed or facilitated by any COREL employee.

5.15   DISTRIBUTOR SYSTEM.  Distributor shall utilize its best efforts to
       establish a fully functional Distributor System by [    *    ].  
       Distributor shall be responsible for processing all Customer orders 
       and credit card transactions.  Distributor shall use best efforts to 
       make the Distributor System processing service available 24 hours per 
       day, 7 days per week.  Distributor shall provide processing for VISA, 
       Mastercard, American Express and Discover credit cards or other credit 
       cards as are reasonably requested by COREL.  COREL will similarly take 
       such steps are necessary to establish a connection with Distributor 
       and use commercially reasonable efforts to keep that connection 
       operating.

5.16   CREDIT CARD PROCESSING.  Distributor shall submit and process all credit
       card transactions as quickly as is reasonably practical for Distributor's
       electronic commerce system in light of Customer instructions and
       required third-party connections, from the time of receipt by
       Distributor, which in most circumstances shall not exceed [    *    ] in
       addition to any Internet or third-party processor associated delays.

5.17   DISTRIBUTOR SYSTEM MAINTENANCE.  Distributor shall provide twenty four
       (24) hours notice to COREL of any planned interruption of Distributor 
       System or Distributor Web Site for maintenance or any other purpose.  
       In the event Distributor fails to provide such notice, Distributor 
       shall pay those Downtime Charges as set forth in Schedule "D" hereto.

5.18   DISTRIBUTOR WEB SITE FAILURE.  In the event Distributor System or
       Distributor's Web Site ceases to be available to Customers by reason 
       of some failure of equipment or services (whether or not caused by 
       Distributor or constituting Force majeure as described in section 
       16.06), Distributor will use its best efforts to restore the 
       Distributor System and/or Distributor Web Site to normal operating 
       condition as soon as is reasonably practical and,

<PAGE>


                                            *CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED


       in addition, shall immediately advise COREL of any such failure and
       provide a Failure Report as more fully described in Schedule "D" hereto.

5.19   SSL NOTICE.  Distributor shall provide a notice to Customers prior to
       any input of Customer information that those Customers without browsers 
       containing Secure Socket Layer technology are advised to phone in all 
       Software orders to promote the security of their Customer information. 
       Distributor will provide COREL with such notice for their approval.

6.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF COREL

6.01   PROMOTIONAL MATERIALS.  COREL shall furnish Distributor, at no charge,
       with sales aids, product briefs, brochures and similar literature and 
       materials with respect to the Software which COREL generally makes 
       available to distributors without charge.

6.02   SUPPORT FOR CUSTOMERS.  COREL shall be responsible for providing
       maintenance and technical support for the Software to Customers in 
       accordance with COREL's standard procedures as they may be changed by 
       COREL from time to time.  Such maintenance and technical support shall 
       in no way apply to Electronic Software Distribution and download 
       support for the Schedule "A" Software or Customer use of the 
       Distributor System.

6.03   PREPARATION OF SOFTWARE FOR DISTRIBUTION.  COREL agrees to provide
       assistance as is commercially reasonable to Distributor to assist 
       Distributor to prepare Schedule "A" Software for Electronic Software 
       Distribution, including the provision of an End User License, or other 
       electronic documentation as provided by COREL, in COREL's sole 
       discretion.


7.     PAYMENTS

7.01   AMOUNTS PAYABLE.  Distributor shall pay COREL as follows:

       7.01.1  Distributor shall pay COREL an amount equal to Schedule "A"
       Software Price multiplied by the number of copies of the Schedule "A"
       Software distributed by Distributor to Customers in each [    *    ]
       period, such amounts to be paid within [    *    ] of the close of that
       [    *    ] period.
       
       7.01.2  For the first [    *    ] period, Distributor will pay COREL the
       Software Price for each copy of the Schedule "B" Software or Hard Goods
       which are sold by Distributor to Customers.  Schedule "B" Software and
       Hard Good Prices will be payable by Distributor within [    *    ] of
       sale by Distributor to Customer of the items to which they relate, such
       amounts to be paid within [    *    ] of the close of that [    *    ]
       period.  Distributor shall not be bound by any retail pricing suggested
       by COREL except to the extent required for compliance with relevant
       advertising and consumer protection

<PAGE>

                                            *CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED


       laws.

7.02   NOTICE OF CHANGES.  During the term of this Agreement, COREL shall have
       the right to change the Software Prices for any of the Software.  In the 
       event that COREL raises the Software Prices for Schedule "B" Software, 
       all orders for Schedule "B" Software placed prior to the effective 
       date of the increase shall be invoiced to Distributor at the lower 
       amount.  In the event that COREL lowers the Software Prices for 
       Schedule "B" Software, COREL shall grant to Distributor a credit 
       against future orders equal to the difference between the Schedule "B" 
       Software Prices paid by Distributer for Schedule "B" Software and the 
       reduced Software Prices for each unit of Schedule "B" Software 
       purchased by Distributor within thirty (30) days prior to the date the 
       reduced price is first offered and remaining in the inventory of 
       Distributor on the date the reduced price is first offered.

7.03   SHIPMENT.  COREL will ship the Schedule "B" Software and Hard Goods to
       Distributor freight [    *    ] pursuant to purchase orders placed by 
       Distributor with COREL.  All shipments will be shipped [    *    ].  
       In the event Distributor's warehouse location changes, Distributor 
       will provide COREL with written notice.

7.04   TAXES.  Distributor shall be responsible for collecting and paying, in
       addition to all amounts specified in this Agreement, all foreign, 
       federal, state, county, or local taxes arising from Distributor's 
       business operation or Distributor's transactions with Customers, to 
       the extent such taxes are based upon the purchase or distribution of 
       the Software or Hard Goods by or to Customers.  In the event any 
       payments required to be made by Distributor under this Agreement are 
       subject to applicable withholding tax that Distributor is required to 
       deduct from such payments, Distributor shall promptly deliver to COREL 
       receipts issued by appropriate government authorities for all such 
       taxes withheld or paid by Distributor and Distributor shall fully and 
       promptly cooperate with COREL to provide such information and records 
       as COREL may require in connection with any application by COREL to 
       obtain available tax credits.

7.05   LATE PAYMENT.  If Distributor is more than thirty (30) days in arrears
       under this Agreement, COREL will give written notice to Distributor 
       that Distributor is responsible for payment of all outstanding amounts 
       and finance charges.  If the outstanding amounts are not paid within 
       ten (10) days of such notice, COREL has the right to terminate this 
       Agreement.  Late payments will be assessed a one percent (1%) finance 
       charge per month (twelve percent (12%) per annum) or the highest 
       finance charge permitted by applicable law, whichever is less.  
       Distributor shall pay all costs including reasonable attorney's fees, 
       incurred by COREL in collecting overdue amounts.  In addition, if 
       Distributor is in arrears to any extent under this Agreement, COREL 
       may hold further shipments until all arrears have been paid.

7.06   U.S. CURRENCY.  All payments to COREL pursuant to this Agreement shall
       be made in the lawful currency of the United States of America and all 
       amounts referred to in this Agreement are in the lawful currency of 
       the United States of America.

<PAGE>

                                            *CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED


7.07   STOCK BALANCING.  Distributor may order and return Schedule "B" Software
       for the first [    *    ] month period from the date of this Agreement 
       ([    *    ]Period), Distributor may, from time to time and at 
       [    *    ] expense, return the Software described in Schedule "B" or 
       Hard Goods as [    *    ] Merchandise to COREL.  Distributor must obtain
       RMA (Return Material Authorization) prior to return of any [    *    ] 
       Software to COREL.  Distributor and COREL agree that they shall review 
       this section 7.07.1 at least thirty (30) days prior to the end of the 
       [    *    ] Period to determine whether or not any extension of the 
       [    *    ] Period shall be granted to Distributor by COREL. Any such 
       extension shall only be effective if in writing and signed by an 
       authorized signing officer of COREL.

7.08   AUDITS.  Distributor agrees to maintain complete and accurate records
       relating to its promotion, marketing, use and distribution of the 
       Software.  COREL shall have the right no more often than once every 
       six (6) month period, and upon five (5) business days notice to 
       appoint a nationally recognized auditing firm to examine Distributor's 
       books and records in order to verify Distributor's compliance with the 
       promotional marketing use, distribution and payment terms of this 
       Agreement.  Any such audit shall be at the expense of COREL unless the 
       audit reveals a non-compliance by Distributor with the terms of this 
       Agreement in which case the audit shall be at the expense of 
       Distributor, in addition to paying any deficit to COREL.

7.09   SOFTWARE AND SOFTWARE PRICE.  During the term of this Agreement, COREL
       shall have the right to change the Software Prices for any of the 
       Software.  COREL shall be entitled to: (i)   increase the Software 
       Prices or discontinue any Software at any time upon thirty (30) days 
       prior written notice to Distributor; and (ii) decrease the Software 
       Prices at any time upon notice to Distributor.  In all such cases 
       COREL shall provide Distributor with a revised Schedule "A" and 
       Schedule "B".  New software shall be added to Schedule "A" or "B" by 
       mutual written agreement of the parties.  In the event COREL 
       discontinues any Schedule "A" Software, Distributor shall immediately 
       remove all discontinued Schedule "A" Software from Distributor's Web 
       Site and Distributor's server and erase or destroy any Schedule "A" 
       Software contained on Distributor computers and/or computer diskettes 
       in its possession or under its control.


8.     CONFIDENTIALITY

8.01   PROPRIETARY INFORMATION.  "Proprietary Information" means, in the case
       of information disclosed by COREL to Distributor: (i) the terms and 
       conditions of this Agreement; (ii) any information provided to 
       Distributor by COREL to enable Distributor to perform the Electronic 
       Software Distribution; (iii) the names, telephone numbers, addresses, 
       and credit card information of any Customer or any information 
       relating to Customers obtained by Distributor relating to a 
       transaction (herein "Customer information"); (iv) all other Dedicated 
       Database and Customer information as more fully described in section 
       5.10 herein; and (v) any information with respect to COREL which it 
       has received or may in the future receive in connection with this 
       Agreement which is not otherwise

<PAGE>


       available to the general public without restriction.  "Proprietary
       Information" means, in the case of information disclosed by Distributor
       to COREL: (i) the terms and conditions of this Agreement, (ii) any
       information relating to Distributor's electronic commerce system, file
       encryption, encapsulation, or code appending procedures, or data
       analysis and forecasting methods, and (iii) any information with respect
       to Distributor which it has received or may in the future receive in
       connection with this Agreement which is not otherwise available to the
       general public without restriction.  In the case of information received
       by either COREL or Distributor, Proprietary Information does not include
       information that: (i) prior to or after the time of disclosure becomes
       generally available or readily ascertainable in substantially the same
       and useable form through appropriate means without undue research,
       refinement, derivation, or experimentation; (ii) is disclosed to the
       receiving party by a third party under no legal obligation to maintain
       the confidentiality of such information; (iii) is in the possession of
       the receiving party at the time of disclosure without any obligation of
       confidentiality, or (iv) is otherwise excluded by this Agreement. 
       Proprietary Information shall be treated confidentially by the receiving
       party and its employees and contractors, and except as authorized in
       this Agreement shall not be used or disclosed by the receiving party
       without the disclosing party's prior written consent.
       

8.02   TREATMENT OF PROPRIETARY INFORMATION.  The receiving party shall not
       duplicate all or any part of the disclosing party's Proprietary 
       Information, except in accordance with the terms and conditions of 
       this Agreement.  Each party shall have an appropriate agreement with 
       each of its employees and contractors having access to the other 
       party's Proprietary Information sufficient to enable that party to 
       comply with all the terms of this Agreement.  Each party agrees to 
       protect the other party's Proprietary Information with the same 
       standard of care and procedures which it uses to protect its own trade 
       secrets and confidential or proprietary information of like importance 
       and, in any event, shall adopt or maintain procedures reasonably 
       calculated under the circumstances to protect such Proprietary 
       Information.

8.03   FURTHER TREATMENT OF PROPRIETARY INFORMATION.  Each party agrees to hold
       all Proprietary Information of the other party in trust and confidence 
       for the other party and not to use the same other than as expressly 
       authorized under and to carry out the purposes of this Agreement.  The 
       receiving party agrees not to disclose any such Proprietary 
       Information without the prior written consent of the disclosing party, 
       to anyone other than the receiving party's employees and contractors 
       who have a need to know same to carry out the rights granted hereunder 
       or to agents, or contractors who have a need to know same to carry out 
       the rights granted hereunder and with whom the receiving party has a 
       valid nondisclosure agreement, or as required under any applicable law 
       or regulation.

8.04   EQUITABLE RELIEF.  In recognition of the unique and proprietary nature
       of the information disclosed by each party, it is agreed that each 
       party's remedy for breach by the other party of its obligations under 
       this section 8 shall be inadequate and the disclosing party shall, in 
       the event of such breach, be entitled to equitable relief, including, 
       without limitation, injunctive relief and specific performance, in 
       addition to any other remedies provided

<PAGE>

                                            *CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED


       hereunder or available at law.


9.     COREL WARRANTIES AND OTHER REPRESENTATIONS

9.01   WARRANTY.  The Schedule "B" Software storage medium is warranted by
       COREL to End Users against defects in workmanship and materials for a 
       period of ninety (90) days from the date it is delivered to the End 
       User.  In the event that the storage medium is defective, COREL will 
       replace it free of charge with another copy of the Schedule "B" 
       Software.  Replacement of the Schedule "B" Software shall be COREL's 
       sole obligation and Distributor's sole remedy for a breach of the 
       warranty in this section.

9.02   LIMITATION.  EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY STATED IN THIS AGREEMENT, THE SOFTWARE,
       AND STORAGE MEDIA ARE PROVIDED AND LICENSED BY COREL "AS IS" AND THERE 
       ARE NO WARRANTIES, REPRESENTATIONS OR CONDITIONS, EXPRESSED OR 
       IMPLIED, WRITTEN OR ORAL, ARISING BY STATUTE, OPERATION OF LAW OR 
       OTHERWISE, REGARDING THEM OR ANY OTHER GOODS OR SERVICE PROVIDED BY 
       COREL HEREUNDER OR IN CONNECTION HEREWITH.  COREL DISCLAIMS ANY 
       IMPLIED WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF MERCHANTABLE QUALITY, 
       MERCHANTABILITY, DURABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  NO 
       REPRESENTATION OR OTHER AFFIRMATION OF FACT, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED 
       TO STATEMENTS REGARDING PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE, OR STORAGE MEDIA, 
       WHICH IS NOT CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT, SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE A 
       WARRANTY BY COREL.

9.03   NO VARIATION.  NO AGREEMENTS VARYING OR EXTENDING TIES WARRANTY OR THE
       FOREGOING LIMITATIONS WILL BE BINDING ON COREL UNLESS IN WRITING AND 
       SIGNED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF COREL.

9.04   DISTRIBUTOR NOT TO BIND.  Distributor will not give or make any
       warranties or representations on behalf of COREL as to quality, 
       merchantable quality, merchantability, fitness for a particular use or 
       purpose, or any other features of the Software; and Distributor shall 
       not incur any liabilities, obligations, or commitments on behalf of 
       COREL, including without limitation, a variation of the End User 
       License Agreement (EULA).

9.05   [    *    ] shall be liable for any breach of warranty alleged or
       claimed by any End User, or implied or imposed by statute or common law,
       relating to the Software, its distribution, or the use of its electronic
       commerce system by Customer or End User.

<PAGE>


10.    DISTRIBUTOR WARRANTIES

10.01  YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE.  Distributor warrants that all hardware, software,
       and firmware used by Distributor or in Distributor's System shall be 
       able to accurately process data (including but not limited to 
       calculating, comparing, and sequencing) from, into, and between the 
       twentieth and twenty-first centuries, including leap-year calculations.

10.02  ENCRYPTION WARRANTY.  Distributor warrants that the Distributor System
       shall receive and transmit all Customer information in encrypted 
       format when Customers utilize browsers compliant with Secure Socket 
       Layer technology.  Distributor further warrants that the Distributor 
       System encryption protocol will prevent unauthorized access to and use 
       of Customer information received by Distributor to the extent 
       reasonably practical with such technology, and that to the best of 
       Distributor's knowledge the algorithm has never been breached as of 
       the date of this Agreement.  Distributor shall continue to update the 
       Distributor System with encryption technology reasonably suited and 
       intended for this application as it is shown to be effective and 
       becomes available. Neither COREL nor Distributor shall be responsible 
       or liable to any Customer or End User or each other for any acts of 
       fraud, theft, misappropriation, tampering, hacking, interception, 
       piracy, misuse, misrepresentation, dissemination, or other illegal or 
       unauthorized activities of third parties involving Customer 
       information.


11.    INFRINGEMENT

11.01  DEFENSE AND SETTLEMENT.  If notified promptly in writing of any action
       (and all prior related claims) brought against Distributor alleging 
       that Distributor's resale, distribution, or other disposition of the 
       Software or Hard Goods under this agreement infringes any Canadian or 
       United States patent, trademark, trade dress, copyright, or similar 
       intellectual property right, COREL will defend that action at its 
       expense and will pay all costs and damages of any type awarded against 
       Distributor in the action, provided that: (i) COREL shall have sole 
       control of the defense of any such action and all negotiations for its 
       settlement or compromise; (ii) Distributor, and where applicable, 
       those for whom Distributor is in law responsible, cooperate fully with 
       COREL in its defense of the action; and (iii) COREL shall have no 
       liability if the action results from the use of the Software for 
       purposes or in an environment for which it was not designed or 
       intended, or due to modification of the Software, including, but not 
       limited to, combination with Electronic Distributor Materials, by 
       anyone other than COREL.

11.02  OPTIONS WHERE CLAIM.  If a final injunction is obtained in such action
       against Distributor's resale of the Software or if in COREL's opinion 
       the Software is likely to become the subject of a claim of 
       infringement, COREL may at its sole option and expense either procure 
       for Distributor the right to resell the Software or replace or modify 
       the Software so that it becomes non-infringing.

<PAGE>

                                            *CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED


12.    LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

12.01  LIMITATION.  IN NO EVENT WILL [    *    ] BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL, 
       INDIRECT, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER
       RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, ARISING OUT OF OR IN
       CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THE SOFTWARE
       OR STORAGE MEDIA, OR OTHER COREL-PROVIDED MATERIAL, WHETHER IN AN ACTION
       IN CONTRACT OR TORT, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO NEGLIGENCE, AND
       WHETHER OR NOT [    *    ] HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
       DAMAGES.  This section shall not apply to breach of [   *   ]
       obligations under sections [    *    ] inclusive, [    *    ] and 
       [    *    ].

12.02  AGGREGATE LIABILITY.  Other than as provided in section 10, COREL's
       aggregate liability to Distributor whether for negligence, breach of 
       contract, misrepresentation or otherwise shall in respect of a single 
       occurrence or a series of occurrences in no circumstances exceed the
       Software Prices paid by Distributor to COREL over the twelve (12) 
       month period preceding the claim by Distributor.

13.    DISTRIBUTOR INDEMNIFICATION

13.01  INDEMNIFICATION.  Except as set forth in Section 11, Distributor agrees
       to indemnify and save COREL harmless from and against any and all 
       claims, demands, costs and liabilities (including all reasonable legal 
       and attorney fees and expenses) finally awarded of any kind 
       whatsoever, arising directly or indirectly out of claims by 
       Distributor's Customers or any third party relating to: (i) 
       Distributor's performance under this Agreement; (ii) Electronic 
       Distributor Materials or the combination of Schedule "A" Software with 
       Electronic Distributor Materials; (iii) Distributor's distribution of 
       the Schedule "A" Software through Electronic Software Distribution or 
       distribution of the Schedule "B" Software through Distributors System; 
       (iv) the maintenance and functionality of the Distributor Web site 
       (excluding COREL-provided content); (v) breach of Section 10, 
       warranties; or (vi) misuse of any Customer or credit card information 
       submitted to Distributor. Distributor agrees to its best efforts to 
       become bonded to cover its liability under this Section 13.01 (vi) and 
       to institute such procedures to minimize any such misuse by 
       Distributor's agents and employees and by the agents and employees of 
       its third party processors.

14.    TERMINATION

14.01  TERMINATION.  This Agreement will terminate in the event of any of the
       following:

       14.01.1   written notice of termination from COREL, effective
                 immediately, under section 7.05;

<PAGE>

                                            *CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED


       14.01.2   written notice of termination from COREL, effective
                 immediately, in the event Distributor fails to establish a
                 fully functional Distributor System by [    *    ];
       
       14.01.3   on the thirtieth (30th) day after one party gives the other
                 written notice of a material breach by the other of this
                 Agreement and a request for a cure, unless the breach is
                 cured before that day;
       
       14.01.4   written notice of termination by one party, effective
                 immediately, after a receiver has been appointed in respect
                 of the whole or a substantial part of the other's assets or
                 a petition in bankruptcy or for liquidation is filed by or
                 against that other or if the other has been dissolved or
                 liquidated or is insolvent, as permitted by applicable
                 governing rules or statutes relating to such petition in
                 bankruptcy or for liquidation; or
       
       14.01.5   written notice of termination, effective immediately, by the
                 non-breaching party, if Distributor or COREL has materially
                 breached its obligations under Section 8.
       
14.02  NO COMPENSATION.  Distributor acknowledges and agrees that it has no
       expectation that its business relationship with COREL will continue 
       for any minimum period of years, or that Distributor shall obtain any 
       anticipated amount of profits by virtue of this Agreement.  Neither 
       COREL nor Distributor shall be liable, by reasons of any termination 
       of this Agreement, for compensation, reimbursement, or damages on 
       account of the loss of prospective profits on anticipated orders, or 
       on account of expenditures, investments, leases, or commitments 
       whatsoever in connection with the business or goodwill of the other.


15.    EFFECT OF TERMINATION

15.01  DISTRIBUTOR.  In the event of termination hereof Distributor shall:

       15.01.1   perform with respect to COREL all payment and other
                 obligations of Distributor arising hereunder within thirty
                 (30) days of termination;
       
       15.01.2   immediately cease to use the COREL Marks in any manner
                 whatsoever; and

       15.01.3   immediately discontinue the Distributor Web Site.

15.02  SURVIVAL.  Sections 2.02, 3.04, 5.04, 7 to 10 inclusive, 11.01, 12,
       14.02, 15, and 16 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

15.03  NO PREJUDICE.  Except as provided in section 14.02, termination
       hereunder shall be without

<PAGE>


       prejudice to any other right or remedy to which either party may
       be entitled hereunder in law.

15.04  DESTROY OR DELIVER UP.  At termination, Distributor shall erase or
       destroy any unlicensed Schedule "A" Software contained on Distributor 
       computers and/or computer diskettes in its possession or under its 
       control.  COREL shall have the option to require Distributor to 
       destroy and certify that it has destroyed or to deliver to COREL, any 
       property of COREL then in its possession or under its control, 
       excluding that Software or Hard Goods which Distributor has purchased 
       for as own use.  Distributor may retain one copy of such information 
       in a secure location for verification purposes.


16.    MISCELLANEOUS

16.01  ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement
       between the parties concerning the subject matter hereof, and 
       supersedes all prior statements, representations, discussions, 
       negotiations, and agreements, both oral and written, including all 
       pre-printed terms and conditions appearing on Distributor's order 
       forms, COREL's acknowledgment of order forms, and COREL's invoice 
       forms.

16.02  AMENDMENT OR WAIVER.  Except to the extent permitted by this Agreement
       or the Schedules appended hereto, this agreement may not be amended or 
       modified except in a writing signed by authorized officers of both 
       parties.  No order, invoice, or similar document will modify the terms 
       of this agreement even if accepted by the receiving party.

16.03  ILLEGAL OR UNENFORCEABLE PROVISIONS.  In the event that any one or more
       of the provisions of this agreement shall be found to be illegal or 
       unenforceable, this agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force 
       and effect, and such term or provision shall be deemed severed unless 
       such severance defeats the purpose of this Agreement or results in 
       substantial injustice to one of the parties.

16.04  INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORS.  The parties to this agreement are independent 
       contractors.  No relationship of principal to agent, master to servant,
       employer to employee, or franchisor to franchisee is established hereby
       between the parties.  Neither party has the authority to bind the other
       or incur any obligation on its behalf.

16.05  NON-RESTRICTIVE RELATIONSHIP.  Nothing in this agreement shall be
       construed to preclude Distributor from distributing any software 
       regardless of whether or not such software is the same as or 
       competitive with any COREL Software.

16.06  FORCE MAJEURE.  Unless continuing for a period of ninety (90)
       consecutive days or unless involving the payment of amounts due under 
       this Agreement beyond thirty (30) days from the date for which the 
       payment is due, no default, delay or failure to perform on the part of 
       either party shall be considered a breach of the agreement if such 
       default, delay, or failure to perform is shown to be due entirely or 
       proximately to any event constituting

<PAGE>


       force majeure, or to causes beyond the reasonable control of the
       defaulting party, including without limitation strikes, lockouts of
       other labor disputes, riots, civil disturbances, actions or inactions
       concerning government authorities, epidemics, war, embargoes, severe
       weather, fire, earthquakes, acts of God or the public enemy, default of
       a common carrier, interruption of power or communications sources or
       connections, failures in or affecting the performance, use, or
       availability of the Internet or associated intranets, viruses, the
       terroristic, illegal, malicious, wanton, or capricious acts a third
       party, changes or modifications in international, national, or industry
       standards or protocols, and the existence of or changes in federal or
       state laws or the laws of other countries prohibiting or imposing
       criminal penalties or civil liability for performance hereunder, always
       provided that the party so relieved of its obligations shall promptly
       and lawfully take such steps to prevent, correct or amend such act or
       event which renders such obligations impossible as are reasonable under
       the circumstances.

16.07  NO WAIVER. In either of the party's rights to enforce provisions of this
       agreement shall be affected by any prior course of dealing, waiver, 
       delay, omission, or forbearance.

16.08  ASSIGNMENT.  This agreement and the rights granted hereunder shall not
       be assigned, encumbered by security interest or otherwise transferred 
       by Distributor without the prior written consent of the COREL.  An 
       amalgamation or merger of Distributor or COREL with any person who is 
       not a party to this Agreement shall be deemed to result in an 
       assignment of this agreement.  COREL may assign this agreement at any 
       time upon notice to this effect to Distributor.

16.09  ENUREMENT.  This Agreement shall enure to the benefit of and be binding
       upon the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

16.10  NOTICES.  Any notice or other communication to the parties shall be sent
       to the addresses set out above, or such other places as they may from 
       time to time specify by notice in writing to the other party.  Any 
       such notice or other communication shall be in writing, and, unless 
       delivered to a responsible officer of the addressee, shall be given by 
       registered mail, facsimile or telex and shall be deemed to have been 
       given when such notice should have reached the addressee in the 
       ordinary course, provided there is no strike by postal employees in 
       effect or other circumstances delaying mail delivery, in which case 
       notice shall be delivered or given by facsimile or telex.

16.11  FURTHER ASSURANCES.  The parties agree to do all such things and to
       execute such further documents as may reasonably be required to give 
       full effect to this Agreement.

16.12  TIME.  Time shall be of the essence.

16.13  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in
       accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota and the laws of 
       these United States, excluding that body of law applicable to choice 
       of law and excluding the United Nations Convention on Contracts for 
       the International Sale of Goods and any legislation implementing such

<PAGE>


       Convention, if otherwise applicable.  Distributor hereby consents and
       jurisdiction of the courts of such province.  If either party employs
       attorneys to enforce any rights arising out of or relating to this
       agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover reasonable
       attorney's fees.

16.14  LANGUAGE.  The original of this agreement has been written in English
       and each party waives any right it may have to have this agreement 
       written in any other language.  The parties represent that they have 
       the ability to read and write in English, and have read and understand 
       this agreement. If this agreement is translated into a language other 
       than English, the English version and interpretation shall govern and 
       prevail.  All communications between the parties hereunder shall be in 
       English.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this agreement to be executed by
their duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

                                        DIGITAL RIVER, INC.
                                        
                                        Per: /S/ Joel Ronning         
                                            --------------------------
                                             Name:  Joel Ronning
                                             Title: President
                                        
                                        COREL CORPORATION (USA)
                                        
                                        Per: /s/ Mitch Despochers     
                                            --------------------------
                                             Name:  Mitch Despochers
                                             Tittle: Controller


<PAGE>

                             SCHEDULE "A"
        SOFTWARE AND SOFTWARE PRICES FOR SCHEDULE "A" SOFTWARE


<PAGE>

                                            *CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED



                                    SCHEDULE 'A'
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           USD                       CDN
<S>                        <C>                       <C>
Screen Savers              [*]                       [*]
Wild Animals               [*]                       [*]
Our Animal Friends         [*]                       [*]
Sports of Winter           [*]                       [*]
Sports of Summer           [*]                       [*]
Triumphant Success         [*]                       [*]
People in Motion           [*]                       [*]
The Wonder of Nature       [*]                       [*]
Child lights               [*]                       [*]


ClipArt Theme Packs        [*]                       [*]
#1- #10                    [*]                       [*]

Corel Draw3                [*]                       [*]

Corel WebDesigner          [*]                       [*]
Corel Data                 [*]                       [*]

Corel Xara                 [*]                       [*]

Corel Photo Studio         [*]                       [*]
</TABLE>
<PAGE>


                                   SCHEDULE "B"
              SOFTWARE AND SOFTWARE PRICES FOR SCHEDULE "B" SOFTWARE


<PAGE>

                                              *CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED



                                    SCHEDULE 'B'
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                     USD    CDN
<S>                                  <C>    <C>
Gallery 1                            [*]    [*]
Gallery 2                            [*]    [*]
Gallery I for Mac                    [*]    [*]
Gallery 2 for Mac                    [*]    [*]
Xara                                 [*]    [*]
Artshow 2                            [*]    [*]
Artshow 3                            [*]    [*]
Artshow 4                            [*]    [*]
Artshow 5                            [*]    [*]
Artshow 6                            [*]    [*]
Artshow 7                            [*]    [*]
Artshow 6 CD only                    [*]    [*]
Flow 2.0                             [*]    [*]
Flow 3.0                             [*]    [*]
Presentations 3.0                    [*]    [*]
Presentations 7.0                    [*]    [*]
Stock Phot Library 1/2/3             [*]    [*]
SCSI 2.5                             [*]    [*]
SCSI Network Manager                 [*]    [*]
Stock Music Library                  [*]    [*]
Language Module CD                   [*]    [*]
PhotoPaint 5                         [*]    [*]
WebGraphics Suite                    [*]    [*]
WebData                              [*]    [*]
WebDesigner 1.1                      [*]    [*]
Super 10 Packs - Adult               [*]    [*]
Super 10 Packs - Child               [*]    [*]
Click & Create                       [*]    [*]
Click & Create upgrade               [*]    [*]
Corel CD Home Collection             [*]    [*]
</TABLE>
<PAGE>


                                    SCHEDULE "C"
                          GUIDELINES FOR USING COREL MARKS

<PAGE>


                          GUIDELINES FOR USING COREL LOGOS


Corel logos or trademarks in stylized form (the "Marks") are valuable assets and
may be used publicly with permission only from Corel.  In order to protect the
value of these assets, Corel must maintain control over the manner in which the
Marks are used.  Corel has established the following set of guidelines for
properly using the Marks.  If these guidelines are not followed, Corel may
terminate your right to use the Marks.

       *       Upon request, COREL will provide authorized users with camera
               ready artwork of the Marks.  This artwork may not be altered in
               any way.

       *       You may not display the Marks on packaging, documentation,
               collateral or advertising in a manner which suggests that your
               product is a COREL product, or in a manner which suggests that
               COREL or any of the Marks are a part of your product name.

       *       When displayed, the Marks cannot be larger than or more prominent
               than your product name, trade-mark, logo or trade name.

       *       When displayed, the Marks must stand alone.  AL minimum amount of
               empty space must be left between the Marks and any other object
               such as type, photography, borders, edges, etc.  The required
               border of empty space around the Marks must be 1/2x wide, where x
               is the height of the Mark.

       *       You may not combine the Marks with any other feature including,
               but not limited to, other logos, words, graphics, photos,
               slogans, number, design features, or symbols.

       *       None of the Marks may be used as a design feature on your
               product, product packaging, documentation, collateral or
               advertising.

COREL LOGOS INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING:

1.     COREL LOGO

The word COREL is used in association with Corel's stylized "C" in two different
forms as follows:


[COREL LOGO]                                                      [COREL LOGO] 
(Form A)                                                          (Form B)     
<PAGE>


                                                                            2

The logo is approved for use in black or colour.  If used in colour, the C must
be reproduced in red (PMS 186) and the word COREL must be reproduced in blue
(PMS 293).  The logo should be used only in the forms depicted above.  The logo
should be identified with the -Registered Trademark- symbol in the following
countries:

       Canada, Germany, United Kingdom, United States, Austria, Benelux,
       France, Columbia, Finland, Poland, Norway, South Korea, Switzerland and
       Taiwan.

The logo should be identified with the symbol (TM) in all other countries.  The
(R) or (TM) symbol must appear at the top-right comer of the graphic.  When
using the Marks in some countries where the symbol (TM) should be used as well
as other countries where the symbol (R) should be used, the symbol (TM) may be
used in all cases.

2.     CORELDRAW! LOGO

This logo is used in the following design form:

                                       [LOGO]

The logo is approved for use in black or with a coloured line in PMS Magenta.

The logo should be identified with the (R) symbol in Canada only.

The logo should be identified with the (TM) symbol in all other countries.

When used in text, the trade-mark must be depicted in the form CorelDRAW

3.     BALLOON DESIGN LOGO

This logo is used in the following form:


                                       [LOGO]


The logo should be identified with the (TM) symbol at the top right corner of
the graphic in all countries.  Note that either the CorelDRAW logo or the Corel
trademark may be used on the balloon, provided properly identified.

<PAGE>

                                                                            3


4.     COREL VENTURA LOGO

This logo is used in the following form:


                                       [LOGO]


The logo should be identified with the (TM) symbol at the top right comer of the
graphic in all countries.

5.     COREL PROFESSIONAL CD-ROM PHOTOS LOGO
This logo is used in the following form:


                                       [LOGO]


The logo should be identified with the (TM)symbol at the top right corner of the
graphic in all countries.

TRADEMARK NOTICE

All products sold and all advertisements or other printed materials distributed
displaying any of the Marks must, in an appropriate place, bear the following
notice:

                                 IS A TRADE-MARK OF
                COREL CORPORATION OR COREL CORPORATION LIMITED, USED
                                   UNDER LICENSE.



QUALITY CONTROL

<PAGE>

Corel reserves the right to review your use of the Marks.  Any specimens or
examples which are required to be delivered to Corel under the terms of your
license should be sent to ONE OF THE FOLLOWING:

                COREL CORPORATION
                THE COREL BUILDING
                1600 CARLING AVENUE
                OTTAWA, ONTARIO
                K1Z 8R7
                                      
                ATTENTION: PUBLISHING PROGRAMS(RELATING TO BOOKS/MAGAZINES)
                ATTENTION: EDUCATION DEPARTMENT(TRAINING MATERIALS)
                ATTENTION: MEDIA RELATIONS (ARTICLES/REVIEWS)
                ATTENTION: LEGAL DEPARTMENT (IF NONE OF THE ABOVE APPLIES)

Corel reserves the right to conduct spot checks and will periodically request
samples.  Corel may also conduct spot checks in the marketplace of advertising
and related printed materials.  Failure to comply with standards of quality
specified by Corel, failure to adhere to these guidelines or failure to comply
with a request for samples is grounds for termination of your license.


<PAGE>


                                            *CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

                                    SCHEDULE "D"

                      DISTRIBUTOR REPORTS AND FAILURE CHARGES


A.     DISTRIBUTOR REPORTS:

Distributor shall provide to COREL the following reports:

(a)    QUARTERLY REPORT.  Distributor shall provide to COREL a report for each
       fiscal quarter which shall capture the following information, or 
       information as reasonably requested by COREL from time to time:

       (i)     the frequency of use of Distributor Web Site by prospects 
       ("Hits");
       (ii)    any and all data compiled by Distributor regarding Customer use
       of the Web Site including, but not limited to, Customer name, address
       and all Software selected by Customer from Distributor Web Site;
       (iii)   the number of new COREL Club memberships created by Distributor;
       (iv)    promotion, marketing and distribution activities of Distributor
       during the quarter; and
       (v)     a summary of all Failure Reports.

(b)    FAILURE REPORTS.  Distributor shall provide a report to COREL within 
       [    *    ] of an equipment or service failure relating to 
       Distributor's connection with COREL or Distributor's Web Site which 
       shall capture the following information, in addition to any 
       information which Distributor should otherwise provide to COREL to 
       enable COREL to evaluate the quality of the Distributor System:

       (i)     Cause of interruption or failure of Distributor System or
       Distributor's Web Site;
       (ii)    duration of the interruption or failure; and
       (iii)   methods used to resolve the interruption or failure.

(c)    ENCRYPTION PROTOCOL REPORTS.  Distributor shall provide an [    *    ]
       report to COREL of any breach of the encryption protocol, the cause of 
       said breach, the duration of the breach, and the methods used to 
       resolve the breach.

(d)    All Quarterly Reports required under this Agreement are to be: (i) faxed
       to COREL within thirty (30) business days after each quarter end; and
       (ii) provided in electronic (diskette) format to COREL within thirty
       (30) business days after each quarter end.  COREL can request reasonable
       changes in the format of the report upon thirty (30) days notice.

(e)    All Failure Reports and Encryption Protocol Reports required under this
       Agreement are to be: (i) faxed to COREL immediately; and (ii) provided
       in electronic format to COREL within thirty (30) business days after the
       occurrence of each failure or interruption.  COREL can request
       reasonable changes in the format of the report upon thirty (30) days

<PAGE>


                                            *CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

       notice.


B.     DOWNTIME CHARGES

In the event that Customers are unable to establish a link to the Distributor
Web Site for a period of [    *    ] or more consecutive [    *    ], and such
inability is not the result of a failure or interruption in the Internet or its
related or supporting infrustructure or the Customers' software, equipment,
facilities, provider, or communications connection, or COREL's failure to
maintain a connection with Distributor, then Distributor shall pay to COREL an
amount equal to the amount paid by Distributor to COREL under this Agreement for
the Distribution of Schedule "A" Software and Schedule "B" 

Software and Hard Goods purchased during a period of equal duration and time 
as averaged over the four same days of the week next preceding the period.

In the event such downtime occurs for more than [    *    ] in each of any 
[    *    ]  consecutive months, Distributor shall pay to COREL an amount 
equal to the amount paid by Distributor to COREL under this Agreement for the 
Distribution of Schedule "A" Software and Schedule "B" Software and Hard 
Goods purchased during a period of equal duration and time as averaged over 
the four same days of the week next preceding those periods.


<PAGE>
                                 SERVICES AGREEMENT

     This Services Agreement is made as of the 30th day of July, 1998
between DIGITAL RIVER, INC., a Delaware corporation ("DRI") and TECH SQUARED,
INC., a Minnesota corporation ("T2").
                                          
                                      RECITALS

     The parties desire that T2 provide certain services to DRI, and T2 is
willing to provide such services on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

     NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

     1.   ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES.

     T2 currently makes available to DRI the services of its Director of
Finance, Stanley Y. Tenenbaum (the "Administrative Services").  In consideration
for such Administrative Services, DRI agrees to reimburse T2 an amount equal to
eighty percent (80%) of Mr. Tenenbaum's salary and benefits regularly paid by T2
in consideration for eighty percent (80%) of his salaried time spent providing
Administrative Services to DRI.

     2.   FULFILLMENT SERVICES.

     During the term of this Services Agreement, T2 shall provide to DRI the
fulfillment services (the "Fulfillment Services") set forth in the proposal
attached hereto as SCHEDULE 1. In consideration for such services, DRI agrees to
reimburse T2 the amounts set forth in SCHEDULE 1. SCHEDULE 1 shall be subject to
adjustment by mutual agreement.

     3.   PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES.

          A.   T2 shall not be obligated to acquire new or additional assets or
hire new or additional employees to perform the Administrative Services and
Fulfillment Services described above (collectively, the "Services").  T2 may not
contract with one or more third parties for the performance of all or any part
of the Services. 

          B.   Each party shall provide to the other party on a timely basis any
and all information which is necessary for T2 to provide the Services as set
forth herein.  Neither party shall have any right to obtain any confidential or
proprietary information of the other party as the result of the Services
provided hereunder, and any such information so obtained shall be treated in
accordance with Section 7.

     4.   PERFORMANCE AND LIMITATION OF SERVICES.

          A.   T2 shall provide the Services at a comparable level to that
provided for its internal operations.  In addition, T2 shall be required to
provide the Services only as reasonably appropriate and shall not be required to
provide a level of service which is materially higher than that currently
provided by T2 for its internal operations or as contemplated by T2's operating
budget.

                                     1.

<PAGE>

          B.   T2 shall not be required to perform any Services, to the extent
such Services would result in the breach of any license or other applicable
contract by which it is bound.  If T2 believes it is unable to provide any
Services pursuant to the foregoing, T2 shall use reasonable efforts to obtain
the rights necessary to provide such Services, including obtaining any
appropriate consents from third parties.  DRI shall be responsible for all
additional costs and expenses incurred by T2 in order to allow T2 to provide
such Services.  

          C.   T2 shall not be required to provide any Services to the extent
the performance of such Services becomes impracticable as a result of a cause or
causes outside T2's reasonable control or to the extent the performance of such
Services would require it to violate any applicable laws, rules or regulations.

          D.   T2 MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
AND T2 SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES PROVIDED
HEREUNDER.

     5.   PAYMENT.

               T2 shall submit to DRI a monthly invoice for reimbursement for 
the Services performed by T2 during the prior month under this Services 
Agreement.  The invoice shall be payable to T2 on or prior to the 10th day 
following receipt of invoice.

     6.   TERM.

          A.   Unless terminated earlier as provided in this Section 6, this
Services Agreement shall terminate on December 31, 1998 (the "Termination
Date").  The Termination Date shall be automatically extended for successive one
year periods unless written notice of termination is given by the terminating
party to the other party at least thirty days in advance of the next Termination
Date.

          B.   This Services Agreement may be terminated upon thirty days'
notice by the mutual consent of the parties.

          C.   Either party may terminate this Services Agreement if the other
party is in material default under this Services Agreement and fails to correct
such default within thirty days after receiving written notice of such default.
     
     7.   INDEMNIFICATION.

          A.   DRI shall indemnify and hold harmless T2, its affiliates, and
their officers, directors, employees, and agents from and against all claims,
liabilities, obligations, suits, causes of action, or expenses (including
reasonable attorneys' fees) (collectively "Claims") claimed to have resulted,
directly or indirectly, from or in connection with the performance of the
Services; provided, however, that DRI shall not be required to indemnify or hold
harmless T2 to the extent the Claims are caused by the negligence or willful
misconduct of T2.

          B.   T2 shall indemnify and hold harmless DRI, its affiliates, and
their officers, directors, employees, and agents from and against all Claims
claimed to have resulted, directly or 

                                   2.

<PAGE>

indirectly, from or in connection with the performance of the Services; 
provided, however, that T2 shall not be required to indemnify or hold 
harmless DRI to the extent the Claims are caused by the negligence or willful 
misconduct of DRI.

          C.   Any indemnitee shall provide written notice to the indemnifying
party of any Claims with respect to which it seeks indemnification, and the
indemnifying party shall assume the defense of such Claims with counsel
reasonably satisfactory to the indemnitee.  If such defense is assumed by the
indemnifying party with counsel so selected, the indemnifying party will not be
subject to any liability for any settlement of such claim made by an indemnified
party without the indemnifying party's consent (such consent not to be
unreasonably withheld or delayed).  No indemnified party will be subject to any
liability for any settlement of such Claims made by the indemnifying party
without such party's consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or
delayed), and such settlement shall include an unconditional release of all
indemnitees from all liability on such claims.  If an indemnified party desires
to retain separate counsel, such indemnified party shall have the right to do
so, but the indemnifying party will not be obligated to pay the fees and
expenses of such separate counsel.  The parties hereto agree to cooperate fully
with each other in connection with the defense, negotiation or settlement of any
legal proceeding, claim or demand and to engage in no action that would result
in or increase liability on the part of another party.

          D.   Claims reimbursable hereunder shall not include any losses or
expenses covered by the indemnitee's insurance.

          E.   The provisions of this Section 7 shall survive termination of the
Services Agreement.

     8.   CONFIDENTIALITY.

          A.   Except as expressly provided herein, DRI and T2 agree that, for
the term of this Agreement and for five years thereafter, the receiving party
shall keep completely confidential and shall not publish or otherwise disclose
and shall not use for any purpose any information or otherwise disclose and
shall not use for any purpose any information furnished to it by the other party
pursuant to this Services Agreement, except to the extent that it can be
established by the receiving party by competent proof that such information:
               
               
               (i)   was already known to the receiving party, other than 
under an obligation of confidentiality, at the time of disclosure;

               (ii)  was generally available to the public or otherwise part 
of the public domain at the time of its disclosure to the receiving party;

               (iii) became generally available to the public or otherwise 
part of the public domain after its disclosure and other than through any act 
or omission of the receiving party in breach of this Services Agreement;

                (iv) was subsequently lawfully disclosed to the receiving 
party by a person other than the disclosing party; or

                                 3.

<PAGE>

               (v)  was developed by the receiving party without reference to 
any information or materials disclosed by the disclosing party.

          B.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, a party hereto may nevertheless
disclose the other party's information to the extent such disclosure is
reasonably necessary in complying with applicable governmental regulations or
otherwise submitting information to tax or other governmental authorities,
provided that if a party is required to make any such disclosure of another
party's secret or confidential information it will give reasonable advance
notice to the other party and will use efforts consistent with prudent business
judgment to secure confidential treatment of such information prior to its
disclosure (whether through protective orders or confidentiality agreements or
otherwise).

     9.   MISCELLANEOUS.

          A.   NOTICES.  All notices required or permitted to be given under
this Services Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sent by facsimile
transmission or mailed by registered or certified mail addressed to the party to
whom such notice is required or permitted to be given.  All notices shall be
deemed to have been given when transmitted if given by facsimile and
confirmation of receipt is received or, if mailed, forty-eight hours after
mailed as evidenced by the postmark at the point of mailing.

           All notices to T2 shall be addressed as follows:
            
           Tech Squared, Inc.
           5198 West 76th Street
           Edina, MN 55439
           Attention:  President
           Facsimile:  (612) 832-5709
           
           All notices to DRI shall be addressed as follows:
           
           Digital River, Inc.
           5198 West 76th Street
           Edina, MN 55439
           Attention:  President
           Facsimile:  (612) 830-1154
           
           Either party may, by written notice to the other, designate a new 
address or number to which notices to the party giving the notice shall 
thereafter be mailed or sent.

          B.   FORCE MAJEURE.  T2 shall not be liable for any delay or failure
of performance to the extent such delay or failure is caused by circumstances
beyond its reasonable control and that by the exercise of due diligence it is
unable to prevent, provided that T2 uses its reasonable best efforts to overcome
the same.

          C.   LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.  IN NO EVENT SHALL EITHER PARTY BE
LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL OR SPECIAL DAMAGES,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOST PROFITS, ARISING 

                                  4.

<PAGE>

FROM OR RELATING TO ANY BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT, REGARDLESS OF ANY NOTICE OF 
SUCH DAMAGES.  NOTHING IN THIS SECTION 9(C) IS INTENDED TO LIMIT OR RESTRICT 
THE INDEMNIFICATION RIGHTS OR OBLIGATION OF EITHER PARTY.

          D.   ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Services Agreement constitutes the entire
understanding of the parties with respect to the matters provided for herein and
supersedes any previous agreements and understanding between the parties with
respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof.  No amendment, modification or
alteration of the terms or provisions of this Services Agreement shall be
binding unless the same shall be in writing and duly executed by the party
against whom such amendment, modification or alteration is asserted.

          E.   MODIFICATIONS AND WAIVERS.  Any of the terms or conditions of
this Services Agreement may be waived in writing at any time by the party which
is entitled to the benefits thereof.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this
Services Agreement shall be deemed to or shall constitute a waiver of any other
provisions hereof (whether or not similar) or of the same provision in respect
of a subsequent event.

          F.   SEVERABILITY.  If any provisions hereof shall be held by any
court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, void or unenforceable, such
provision shall be thereafter amended by the parties hereto such that it is
hereafter legal, valid and enforceable and gives effect to the intention of the
parties, but in any event the illegality or unenforceability of such provision
shall have no effect upon and shall not impair the enforceability of any other
provision of this Services Agreement.

          G.   GOVERNING LAW.  This Services Agreement shall be construed in
accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Minnesota applicable to
agreements made and performed in such jurisdiction.

          H.   ASSIGNMENT.  Neither T2 nor DRI shall delegate duties of
performance or assign, in whole or in part, rights or obligations under this
Services Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party, except
that either may assign this Services Agreement without such consent to an entity
that acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of such party,
whether by sale, merger or otherwise.  The terms and conditions of this Services
Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of the permitted
successors and assigns of the parties.

          I.   COUNTERPARTS.  This Services Agreement may be executed in one or
more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an
original and all of which shall constitute the same instrument.

          J.   HEADINGS.  The headings of this Services Agreement are included
for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Services
Agreement or to affect the construction hereof.

                                   5.

<PAGE>

               This Services Agreement is executed by the parties as of the 
date indicated above.

TECH SQUARED, INC.                   DIGITAL RIVER, INC.

/s/ Richard J. Apple                 /s/ Joel Ronning
- -----------------------------        ----------------------------- 
Richard J. Apple                     Joel Ronning
Chief Executive Officer              President and Chief
                                     Executive Officer


                                 6.

<PAGE>
 
                             SCHEDULE 1

                   PROPOSAL BETWEEN DIGITAL RIVER, INC. AND
                  TECH SQUARED, INC. FOR PHYSICAL INVENTORY
                         FULFILLMENT REVENUE SPLIT

     This Agreement is made as of September 19, 1997, between Digital River,
Inc. ("DR") and Tech Squared, Inc. ("T2").

1.   PURPOSE

     DR wishes to distribute physical inventory ("Inventory") to dealers and end
user customers (the "Customers") for itself and on behalf of its clients.  T2
has agreed to assist DR in the management and distribution of the Inventory.

2.   SERVICES

     Services began in earnest August 1, 1997.

3.   Term of Agreement

     The agreement will be for a term initially ending December 31, 1998.  
There will be a 90-day probation period to determine the appropriateness of 
the initial revenue split as outlined below to ensure that both DR and T2 are 
satisfied with the matching of revenue/fees with the related expense.  The 
agreement will be automatically renewed for successive one year terms unless 
notice is given by either party 90 days prior to the anniversary date.

4.   Responsibilities of DR

     DR will enter into the T2 system all orders to be distributed by T2 and
collect all payments from the Customers.  DR will indicate on the purchase order
from where the Inventory is to be taken; either from DR consigned inventory, DR
owned inventory, T2 owned inventory or a third party (i.e. Ingram, etc.).

     DR will order or request Inventory that is in the DR consigned inventory or
DR owned inventory based on its needs and with stock reports from T2.

                                   1.

<PAGE>

     DR will provide inventory information (i.e., description, SKU #, weight,
etc.) for new Inventory items to T2 so that its system can be updated to manage
the Inventory.

5.   Responsibilities of T2

     T2 will establish on its FACTS system, the capability to manage DR
Inventory including setting up part numbers, segmenting the Inventory into
separate warehouses (i.e. DR consigned and DR owned) and creating a special DR
branch for reporting and reconciling purposes.

     T2 will  provide a FACTS system connection to DR to allow DR to enter
orders directly to the system.

     T2 will provide space for storage of Inventory in its warehouse that is
segregated from T2 inventory.

     T2 will secure the Inventory and be responsible for any loss or spoilage.

     T2 will receive Inventory on DR's behalf, recording it to the proper
warehouse in the FACTS system and forwarding the appropriate paperwork to DR for
its accounting purposes.

     T2 will, upon receipt of an order placed by DR, either ship the item per
the invoice or purchase the item and order it to be drop shipped.  T2 will
purchase and use DR imprinted invoices and non-descript boxes or other shipping
material.  T2 will properly update the FACTS system for Inventory shipped.

     T2 will accept returns of Inventory and update the FACTS system, issuing
credit memo where appropriate.

     T2 will provide appropriate accounting and status reports to DR at least
monthly and by no later than four business days after the end of a month.

6.   Payments from DR to T2 and T2 to DR

                                    2.

<PAGE>

     Payments owing between DR and T2 will be paid monthly after the close of
accounting for the month but not later than the 10th workday of the following
month.  Payments will be based on the following table:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                      INVENTORY FROM:         
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               DIGITAL                                                       
ORDERED        ORDER            HARD GOODS      HARD GOODS                     T2 DROP 
FROM           (T2/DR SPLIT)    DR OWN          DR CONSIGN    T2 OWNED         SHIP
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>            <C>              <C>             <C>           <C>              <C>
Digital        0%/100%          Transaction     Same as DR    50/50 split      50/50 split
River/3rd                       fee as agreed   Own           of GM $          of GM $
Party Hosts                     by DR and T2
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tech           15%/15-30% of    50/50 Split     50/50 split   100%/0% (T2      Same as T2
Squared Web    rev              of GM $         of GM $       process credit   owned
Site (DTP)                                                    card)    
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                                        3.

<PAGE>

     Summary of relationship:


     -    T2 pays DR for Hosting Site

     -    DR pays T2 for storage (per pallet space)

     -    T2 to calculate per order fulfillment cost (estimate is $3.35/order)

     -    Benefits of DR/T2 fulfillment relationship:

     DR gets:  Warehousing of goods used in other Vendor/Host relationships

               Fulfillment services from T2

               Inventory management; receiving/inventory/cycle counts

               Access to T2 products and pricing

               Access to T2 vendors (e.g., Ingram)

     T2 gets:  Web Site Host

               Access to DR Products

               Developed Commerce System and related technology

               Incremental DR Revenue

               Vendor spin

7.   Termination

     Either party can terminate this agreement pursuant to Section 3 or
immediately for gross negligence.


                               4.

<PAGE>



                                DIGITAL RIVER, INC.
                               5198 WEST 76TH STREET
                                  EDINA, MN  55439


Perry W. Steiner


RE:  DIGITAL RIVER, INC. EMPLOYMENT TERMS

Dear Perry:

Digital River, Inc. (the "Company") is pleased to offer you the position of
President on the following terms.

As President, you will be responsible for the duties and responsibilities
customarily associated with such positions, including senior management powers
and responsibilities for the Company's business and affairs. You will report
directly to the Chief Executive Officer (the "CEO"). In addition, the Company
will appoint you to its Board of Directors (although no assurances can be made
that you will remain a director). You will work at the Company's principal
executive offices.  You will devote your full time and attention to the business
affairs of the Company except for reasonable vacations and periods of illness or
incapacity.

The Company will pay you as compensation for your services a base salary at an
annualized rate of $200,000 (the "Base Salary").  The Base Salary will be paid
periodically in accordance with normal Company payroll practices and subject to
the usual, required withholding.

You will receive an annual bonus of 50% of your Base Salary for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 1998, which will be paid on December 31, 1998 unless you have
voluntarily terminated or been terminated for Cause prior to that date (and you
or your estate will receive such bonus if your termination occurs  prior to
December 31, 1998 as a result of death or disability).  Thereafter, your annual
bonus will be determined annually by the Board of Directors in good faith based
on parameters established by the Board of Directors in good faith.

In further consideration of your services to the Company, you will be granted
stock options, with a term of 10 years, to purchase 550,000 shares of the
Company's Common Stock at an exercise price equal to the lesser of (i) $11.00
per share (post reverse split) or (ii) the Company's initial public offering
price (the "Options"). The Options will be incentive stock options up to the
maximum allowed per year under the Company's 1998 Stock Option Plan with the
remainder of the Options being nonstatutory stock options. Options to purchase
137,500 shares of Common Stock will vest on your first day of employment with
the Company (the "Hire Date").   Options to purchase an additional 137,500
shares of Common Stock will vest on the third anniversary of the Hire Date;
provided that such vesting shall be accelerated on the date you and your family
move your primary permanent residence to the Minneapolis, Minnesota area if such
relocation occurs by April 1, 1999. Of the remaining Options, Options to
purchase 91,666 shares of Common Stock will vest on the first anniversary of the
Hire Date, Options to purchase 91,667



<PAGE>

Perry W. Steiner
July 30, 1998
Page 2


shares of Common Stock will vest on the second anniversary of the Hire Date and
Options to purchase 91,667 shares of Common Stock will vest on the third
anniversary of the Hire Date.  You will also be eligible to participate in the
Company's Stock Option Plan in the future, in the sole discretion of the Board
of Directors

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, any unvested stock options granted
to you pursuant to this letter agreement (except, in the case of a Change of
Control that occurs after April 1, 1999, for any options that have failed to
vest by April 1, 1999 as a result of your failure to relocate to the Minneapolis
area, as described above) will immediately vest and be immediately exercisable.
For purposes of this letter agreement, a "Change in Control" of the Company
shall mean an event of a nature that:  (i) would be required to be reported in
response to Item 1 (a) of the current report on Form 8-K pursuant to Section 13
or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") if the
Company is required to file reports pursuant to the Exchange Act; or (ii)
without limitation such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred at
such time as (A) individuals who constitute the Board on the date hereof (the
"Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority
thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date
hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the
directors comprising the Incumbent Board, shall be, for purposes of this clause
(A), considered as though he were a member of the Incumbent Board; or (B) a plan
of reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all the
assets of the Company or similar transaction occurs in which the Company is not
the resulting or surviving entity (excluding a reincorporation transaction) or
in connection with which 50% or more of the total voting power represented by
the Company's outstanding voting securities is transferred; or (C) a proxy
statement shall be distributed soliciting proxies from stockholders of the
Company, by someone other than the current management of the Company, seeking
stockholder approval of a plan of reorganization, merger or consolidation of the
Company with one or more corporations, following and  as a result of which the
outstanding shares of the class of securities then subject to such a plan or
transaction are exchanged for or converted into cash or property or securities
not issued by the Company shall be distributed; or (D) a tender offer is
completed for 20% or more of the voting securities of the Company then
outstanding.

You will also be entitled to receive all other Company benefits and perquisites
that are, and that may be in the future, generally available to members of the
Company's management including, without limitation, group health, disability,
and life insurance benefits and participation in any Company profit-sharing,
retirement or pension plan, and vacation benefits consistent with the vacation
policies of the Company.

The Company will pay your relocation costs (the "Relocation Costs"), whether by
reimbursement to you directly or by direct payment to third parties, for your
move to the Minneapolis, Minnesota area.  In the event that it will be
determined that any payment for Relocation Costs by the Company to you or for
your benefit would be subject to tax (after allowable deductions), then the
Company will pay you an additional amount (the "Gross-Up Payments") such that
after payment of all taxes on the Relocation Costs and Gross-Up Payments,



<PAGE>

Perry W. Steiner
July 30, 1998
Page 3


you will retain an amount equal to the Relocation Costs.   Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the maximum payment to you under this paragraph will be $25,000.

If your employment with the Company terminates involuntarily (including death or
disability, mental or physical and including termination by the Company) other
than for "Cause" (as defined below), then upon your execution of a Non-Compete
(as defined below) (i) you will be entitled to receive Base Salary continuation
payments, at the monthly Base Salary rate, for twelve (12) months after the date
of termination, (ii) the next increment of your outstanding stock options will
vest (for example, if the involuntary termination occurs on April 1, 1999,
options to purchase a total of 91,666 shares will vest on that date, and if the
involuntary termination occurs on April 1, 2001, options to purchase a total of
91,667 shares will vest on that date) and (iii) you will be eligible to receive
a bonus for the year in which termination occurs (which, notwithstanding any
bonus formula for that year, shall be in an amount equal to your prior year's
bonus).

For this purpose, "Cause" is defined as your (i) willful misconduct or
insubordination in connection with the performance of your duties hereunder,
(ii) conviction of a felony (other than a traffic-related offense) which has
caused material injury to the Company's business, (iii) dishonesty with respect
to a material matter relating to the Company's business and intended to result
in personal enrichment of you or your family at the expense of the Company, or
(iv) willful material breach of the Proprietary Information and Inventions
Agreement to be entered into between you and the Company.

If you terminate your employment voluntarily, at the Company's option exercised
in good faith you will agree to execute a non-compete agreement that is
reasonable in scope that prohibits you from competing directly (as a director,
officer, employee, consultant or 5% shareholder) with the business of the
Company (the "Non-Compete"), for a period of one (1) year.   For purposes of
this letter agreement, the business of the Company shall mean the business of
distributing third party vendors' software via the Internet. The Company agrees
to pay you upon execution of the Non-Compete, Base Salary continuation payments,
at the monthly Base Salary rate, for six (6) months after the date of
termination, if termination occurs in the first year after the Hire Date, or for
twelve (12) months after the date of termination, if termination occurs
subsequent to the first anniversary of the Hire Date.

The Company will pay or reimburse you for reasonable travel, entertainment or
other expenses incurred by you in the furtherance of or in connection with the
performance of your duties hereunder in accordance with the Company's
established policies.

As a Company employee, you will be expected to abide by Company rules and
regulations, acknowledge in writing that you have read the Company's Employee
Handbook, and sign and comply with the attached Proprietary Information and
Inventions Agreement which prohibits unauthorized use or disclosure of Company
proprietary information.

In your work for the Company, you will be expected not to use or disclose any
confidential information, including trade secrets, of any former employer or
other person to whom you have



<PAGE>

Perry W. Steiner
July 30, 1998
Page 4


an obligation of confidentiality.  Rather, you will be expected to use only that
information which is generally known and used by persons with training and
experience comparable to your own, which is common knowledge in the industry or
otherwise legally in the public domain, or which is otherwise provided or
developed by the Company.  During our discussions about your proposed job
duties, you assured us that you would be able to perform those duties within the
guidelines just described.

You agree that you will not bring onto Company premises any unpublished
documents or property belonging to any former employer or other person to whom
you have an obligation of confidentiality.

You may terminate your employment with Company at any time and for any reason
whatsoever simply by notifying Company.  Likewise, the Company may terminate
your employment at any time and for any reason whatsoever, with or without cause
or advance notice.  This at-will employment relationship cannot be changed
except in a writing approved by the Board of Directors.

This offer letter, together with your Proprietary Information and Inventions
Agreement, forms the material terms of your employment with the Company.  The
employment terms in this offer letter supersede any other agreements or promises
made to you by anyone, whether oral or written.  As required by law, this offer
is subject to satisfactory proof of your right to work in the United States.

This offer letter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of (a) your
heirs, executors and legal representatives upon your death and (b) any successor
of the Company. Any such successor of the Company shall be deemed substituted
for the Company under the terms of this offer letter for all purposes. As used
herein, "successor" shall include any firm, corporation or other business entity
which at any time, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, directly or
indirectly acquires all or substantially all of the assets or business of the
Company in a Change of Control.


This offer letter shall be governed by the laws of the State of Minnesota.

Unless otherwise prohibited by law, all disputes, claims, and causes of action,
in law or equity, arising from or relating to this offer letter or its
enforcement, performance, breach, or interpretation, shall be resolved solely
and exclusively by final, binding and confidential arbitration through Judicial
Arbitration & Mediation Services/Endispute, Inc. ("JAMS") under the then
existing JAMS arbitration rules.  This arbitration shall be held in the
Minneapolis, Minnesota area.  Nothing in this paragraph is intended to prevent
either party from obtaining injunctive relief in court to prevent irreparable
harm pending the conclusion of any such arbitration.  The prevailing party in
any such arbitration proceedings shall be entitled to reimbursement of all
reasonable costs incurred in the course of such proceedings.

Please sign and date this offer letter, and return it to me if you wish to
accept employment at the Company under the terms described above.



<PAGE>

Perry W. Steiner
July 30, 1998
Page 5


We look forward to your favorable reply and to a productive and enjoyable work
relationship.

Sincerely,


/s/ Joel A. Ronning
- -------------------------------
Joel A. Ronning
Chief Executive Officer


Accepted:



/s/ Perry W. Steiner
- -------------------------------
Perry W. Steiner



July 30, 1998
- -------------------------------
Date


Attachment:  Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement



<PAGE>

                                                                 Exhibit 23.1





                     CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS


As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the use of our report
and to all references to our Firm included in or made a part of this
registration statement.


                                                   /s/ ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
                                                  -----------------------------
                                                  ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP



Minneapolis, Minnesota,
July 30, 1998

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
       
<S>                             <C>                     <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS                   6-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1997             DEC-31-1998
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1997             JAN-01-1998
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1997             JUN-30-1998
<CASH>                                           2,126                   4,755
<SECURITIES>                                         0                   4,934
<RECEIVABLES>                                      114                     278
<ALLOWANCES>                                        20                      82
<INVENTORY>                                          0                       0
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                                 2,320                  10,266
<PP&E>                                           1,035                   2,553
<DEPRECIATION>                                     132                     284
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                   3,405                  12,697
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                            1,076                   2,414
<BONDS>                                              0                       0
                                0                       0
                                          0                      15
<COMMON>                                            92                     127
<OTHER-SE>                                       2,237                  10,141
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                     3,405                  12,697
<SALES>                                          2,472                   5,746
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                                 2,472                   5,746
<CGS>                                            2,052                   4,791
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                    2,052                   4,791
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                                 3,938                   7,114
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                    20                      62
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                   0                       0
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                (3,485)                 (6,071)
<INCOME-TAX>                                         0                       0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            (3,485)                 (6,071)
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0                       0
<CHANGES>                                            0                       0
<NET-INCOME>                                   (3,485)                 (6,071)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                    (.46)                   (.54)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                    (.46)                   (.54)
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission